11 4800000585 Neo LTR 000079 - 01

DocuSign Envelope ID: E603DE67-090E-460A-A86C-1AC17752001E
NEOM Company
NEOM Company, Building 4758 – AlKhuraybah, 9136, Unit 2
P.O. Box 49643, Tabuk, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Phone: +966 11 836 6000 Fax: +966 11 836 5888
NEOM.COM
To: Fanar First Building Limited Company Your Ref: n/a

Attn: : Mr. Wasim Al Malouhi Our Ref: 11-4800000585-NEO-LTR-000079
Title: DBFOM Contractor Representative Contact: Liam McKeown
wasim.malouhi@alfanar.com Position: Employer Representative
Tel: +966 (0) 55 420 7646

Email: liam.mckeown@neom.com
Dated: 01 June 2023
Contract No. : 4800000585
Title : Design-Build-Finance-Operate-Maintain (DBFOM) Contract for NEOM Construction Village (CV 17-
18)
Subject : NEOM Projects Health and Safety Assurance Standard
Dear Sirs,
The attached NEOM Projects Health and Safety Assurance Standard document ref. NEOM-NPR-STD-001_01.00, May
2023, provides updated requirements for health and safety. This document lists the NEOM Projects minimum
requirements for health and safety risk management and is applicable to all Contractors and Subcontractors working
within NEOM. All contractors must be instructed to comply in full and confirm compliance back to the Employer
within four (14) days from receipt of a letter from the Employer. The following documents are attached to this letter:
 NEOM-NPR-STD-001_01.00 Projects Health and Safety Assurance Standard
 NEOM-NPR-STD-001_TMP01_01.00 Projects Health and Safety Plan Template
 NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM01_01.00 Activity Briefing Form
 NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM02_01.00 24 hr Initial Incident Report Form
DBFOM Contractors are to develop an implementation plan to ensure compliance with the NEOM Projects Health and
Safety Assurance Standard, including a register on the status of Deliverables as required in Section 7 – Roles and
Responsibilities. NEOM Projects and NEOM Public Safety (LPFS) will conduct periodic / random assurance inspections
and audits to review the implementation of this Standard, and any other applicable requirements.
Yours faithfully,
Liam McKeown
Contract 4800000585 Employer Representative
Endorsed by:
___________ __________ __________ __________ __________ _________

J. Hopson; C. Clowes; M. Macaskill; R. Marsland; A. Alfardan; K. Stewart;
cc: Endorsee +, W. Al Daoud, K. Cliffe, S. Horne, P. Boyce, N. Bara, K. Basbous, Z. Al-Abudi, A. Bakar, B. Marzouk, A. Bigogno, Neom
Infra-DC
Attachments:
1- NEOM Projects Health and Safety Assurance Standards
Internal
STANDARD
PROJECTS HEALTH AND SAFETY ASSURANCE
STANDARDS
NEOM-NPR-STD-001 Rev 01.00, May 2023
©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.
Internal
Internal
Document History
Revision code Description of changes Purpose of issue Date
Rev 01.00 First Issue Issued for Implementation 16.05.23
Document Approval
Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by
Name James Ackerman & Rob Rob Whent Robert Cooling

Munn
Job Title Manager / Senior Director Executive Director

Manager – Health and Projects HSEQ Projects HSEQ
Safety
Document Preface
Key Stakeholders: Public Safety / LPFS, Health & Wellbeing, Design & Construction, Projects (All
Regions).
Added Value: This document provides the minimum health and safety requirements to be
implemented across NEOM Projects.
Impact: Ensures a systematic, comprehensive, and consistent approach to the management
of health and safety risks, to prevent occupational injuries and ill health.
DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 2 OF 192
Internal
Internal
Contents
1 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................14
2 SCOPE .....................................................................................................................14
2.1 Excluded from Scope............................................................................................... 14
3 IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING ................................................................14
4 DEFINITIONS ...........................................................................................................14
4.1 Terms....................................................................................................................... 14
4.2 Abbreviations ........................................................................................................... 15
5 REFERENCES .........................................................................................................16
5.1 NEOM Documents ................................................................................................... 16
5.2 Other Documents..................................................................................................... 16
6 NEOM HEALTH AND SAFETY STRATEGY ...........................................................18
6.1 Vision ....................................................................................................................... 18
6.2 Values ...................................................................................................................... 18
6.3 Commitment ............................................................................................................ 19
6.4 Strategic Elements................................................................................................... 20
7 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................................................20
7.1 Neom Projects (Client/Employer) ............................................................................ 20
7.2 Neom Executive Leadership and Senior Management ........................................... 21
7.3 NEOM / Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner Project Directors ..... 21
7.4 Design Consultants.................................................................................................. 22
7.5 Construction Delivery Partner .................................................................................. 23
7.5.1 Construction Delivery Partner Health and Safety Deliverables ............................... 24
7.6 Project Management Consultants (PMC) ................................................................ 24
7.6.1 Project Management Consultants (PMC) Health and Safety Deliverables .............. 26
7.7 Contractor ................................................................................................................ 27
7.7.1 Contractor Health and Safety Deliverables.............................................................. 28
8 LEADERSHIP...........................................................................................................30
8.1 Leadership and Commitment ................................................................................... 30
8.1.1 Behaviors for Leaders.............................................................................................. 30
8.1.2 Behaviors for Managers and Supervisors ................................................................ 31
8.1.3 Behaviors for Everyone ........................................................................................... 31
8.1.4 Leadership Engagement.......................................................................................... 31
8.1.5 Leadership Tours ..................................................................................................... 31
9 PLANNING ...............................................................................................................33
9.1 Health and Safety Plan ............................................................................................ 33
Internal
Internal
9.2 Site Set-up and Mobilization .................................................................................... 34

9.3 Health and Safety Risk Assessments and Method Statements (RAMS) ................. 35
9.4 Assessment of Health and Safety Opportunities ..................................................... 36
9.5 Health and Safety File ............................................................................................. 36
9.6 Permit to Work (PTW).............................................................................................. 36
10 WORK SUPERVISION AND CONTROL .................................................................37
10.1 Supervision Levels................................................................................................... 37
10.2 Activity Briefing Process .......................................................................................... 37
11 COMPETENCY ........................................................................................................38
11.1 Health and Safety Inductions ................................................................................... 38
11.2 Toolbox Talks .......................................................................................................... 39
11.3 Health and Safety Personnel Requirements ............................................................ 39
12 COMMUNICATION AND ENGAGEMENT ...............................................................40
12.1 Health and Safety Communication .......................................................................... 40
12.2 Health and Safety Consultation ............................................................................... 41
12.2.1 Schedule of Health and Safety Meetings................................................................. 41
12.2.2 Health and Safety Notices and Emails .................................................................... 43
12.2.3 Health and Safety Alerts and Knowledge Shares .................................................... 43
12.2.4 NEOM Campaigns and Forums ............................................................................... 44
12.3 Consultation ............................................................................................................. 44
12.4 Health and Safety Co-ordination and Interface Management .................................. 44
12.5 Health and Safety Reward and Recognition ............................................................ 44
13 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................45
13.1.1 Immediate Post Incident Actions ............................................................................. 45
13.1.2 Reportable and Recordable Incidents ..................................................................... 45
13.1.3 Serious Incidents ..................................................................................................... 46
13.1.4 Classification of Incidents ........................................................................................ 46
13.1.5 Notification of Incidents............................................................................................ 49
13.1.6 Initial Reporting of Incidents .................................................................................... 49
13.1.7 Final Reporting of Incidents ..................................................................................... 50
13.1.8 Incident Investigation ............................................................................................... 50
13.1.9 Post Incident Actions ............................................................................................... 51
13.1.10 Executive Learning Reviews.................................................................................... 51
13.1.11 Reporting and Recording of Observations............................................................... 52
13.1.12 Enablon.................................................................................................................... 52
14 EMERGENCY AND MEDICAL MANAGEMENT .....................................................52
Internal
Internal
14.1 Emergency Planning................................................................................................ 52

14.2 Contractor First Aid and Medical Arrangements ...................................................... 53
14.2.1 First Aid and Medical Staff Qualification Requirements ........................................... 53
14.2.2 First Aid Room and Medical Emergency Response Requirements ......................... 54
14.3 Injury Management .................................................................................................. 55
14.4 Fitness for Work and Medical Surveillance.............................................................. 55
15 RECORD KEEPING .................................................................................................56
16 SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS AND BEHAVIORS .........................................................57
17 MOBILE PLANT AND EQUIPMENT ........................................................................59
17.1 Critical Controls ....................................................................................................... 59
17.2 3rd Party Training, Licensing, and Certification ....................................................... 62
17.3 Static Plant and Equipment ..................................................................................... 72
17.4 Exclusion Zones ...................................................................................................... 76
17.5 Veri-Fi ...................................................................................................................... 77
18 DRIVING ...................................................................................................................77
18.2 General Requirements............................................................................................. 78
18.3 Training for Drivers .................................................................................................. 78
18.4 Information for Drivers ............................................................................................. 79
18.5 Site Driving Rules .................................................................................................... 79
19 WORKING ON OR NEAR LIVE ROADS .................................................................79
19.3 Traffic Management ................................................................................................. 80
19.4 Segregation from Live Roads .................................................................................. 80
19.5 Parking..................................................................................................................... 81
20 BREAKING GROUND AND EXCAVATIONS ..........................................................81
20.3 Planning of Excavations .......................................................................................... 82
20.3.1 Existing Services ..................................................................................................... 82
20.3.2 Design, Support and Stability .................................................................................. 82
20.4 Working in Excavations ........................................................................................... 83
20.4.1 Excavation Access................................................................................................... 83
20.4.2 Fall Protection .......................................................................................................... 83
20.4.3 Inspection of Excavations ........................................................................................ 84
Internal
Internal
21 WORKING AT HEIGHT ............................................................................................84

21.3 Fall Prevention Plan................................................................................................. 85
21.4 Hierarchy of Control ................................................................................................. 85
21.5 Working at Height Requirements ............................................................................. 87
21.5.1 Metal Frame Erection .............................................................................................. 87
21.5.2 Safety Nets .............................................................................................................. 87
21.5.3 Formwork and Falsework Erection .......................................................................... 88
21.5.4 Loading Platforms .................................................................................................... 89
21.5.5 Safe Access for Vehicle Loading and Unloading ..................................................... 89
21.6 Perimeter and Edge Protection Standards .............................................................. 89
21.7 Vertical Access ........................................................................................................ 90
21.8 Access Equipment Requirements............................................................................ 91
21.9 Inspection and Authorization for Use (Scaffolding) .................................................. 91
21.9.1 Scaffolding ............................................................................................................... 92
21.9.2 Mobile Elevating Working Platforms ........................................................................ 92
21.9.3 Aluminum Access Towers ....................................................................................... 93
21.9.4 Ladders .................................................................................................................... 94
21.10 Use of Harnesses .................................................................................................... 95
21.11 Falling Objects ......................................................................................................... 95
21.11.1 Lift Shafts ................................................................................................................. 95
21.12 Service Risers and Penetrations ............................................................................. 96
21.13 Waste Chutes .......................................................................................................... 96
21.14 Tool Tethering.......................................................................................................... 97
21.15 Exclusion Zones ...................................................................................................... 97
22 LIFTING ....................................................................................................................98
22.3 Selection and Duties of Personnel........................................................................... 99
22.3.1 Appointed Person Duties ....................................................................................... 100
22.3.2 Crane Supervisor ................................................................................................... 100
22.3.3 Slinger/Signaler (Rigger) ....................................................................................... 101
22.3.4 Operators ............................................................................................................... 101
22.4 Planning of Lifting Operations................................................................................ 101
22.4.1 Basic Lifts .............................................................................................................. 102
Internal
Internal
22.4.2 Intermediate Lifts ................................................................................................... 103

22.4.3 Complex Lifts ......................................................................................................... 103
22.4.4 Weather ................................................................................................................. 103
22.5 Crane Erection and Dismantling ............................................................................ 103
22.6 Lifting Communications ......................................................................................... 105
22.7 General Crane Requirements ................................................................................ 105
22.8 Vehicle Loading and Unloading ............................................................................. 107
22.9 Lifting Accessories Requirements ......................................................................... 108
22.10 Lifting of Persons Requirements ............................................................................ 108
22.11 Thorough Examination, Including Inspection and Testing ..................................... 108
23 CONFINED SPACES .............................................................................................120
23.1 Critical Controls ..................................................................................................... 120
23.2 General Requirements........................................................................................... 121
23.3 Confined Space Documentation ............................................................................ 121
23.4 Personnel Selection ............................................................................................... 123
24 FIRE........................................................................................................................123
24.3 Fire Protection Equipment ..................................................................................... 124
24.4 Temporary Buildings .............................................................................................. 125
24.5 Storage of Flammable or Combustible Materials ................................................... 126
24.6 Smoking ................................................................................................................. 126
24.7 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems ........................................................................ 127
24.7.1 Zoned Fire Alarms ................................................................................................. 127
24.7.2 Manual Fire Alarms................................................................................................ 127
24.8 Means of Escape ................................................................................................... 127
24.8.1 Emergency Lighting ............................................................................................... 128
24.9 Firefighting Equipment ........................................................................................... 128
24.10 Dry/Wet Risers....................................................................................................... 129
24.10.1 Risers..................................................................................................................... 129
24.10.2 Maintenance .......................................................................................................... 129
24.11 Fire Safety Coordinator and Wardens ................................................................... 129
24.11.1 General Duties of Fire Coordinator ........................................................................ 129
24.11.2 General Duties of Fire Marshal / Warden .............................................................. 130
24.12 Emergency Services .............................................................................................. 130
25 HOT WORKS .........................................................................................................130
Internal
Internal

25.3 Hot Work Activities................................................................................................. 131
26 ENERGIZED SYSTEMS.........................................................................................132
26.3 Temporary Power Supply ...................................................................................... 133
26.4 Circuit Breakers ..................................................................................................... 134
26.5 Cable Protection .................................................................................................... 134
26.6 Electrical Fires ....................................................................................................... 134
26.7 Electrical Power Tools and Hand Tools ................................................................. 135
26.7.1 Delivery to Site....................................................................................................... 135
26.7.2 Safe Use and Training ........................................................................................... 136
26.7.3 Safe Use of Electrical Hands Tools and Equipment .............................................. 136
26.8 Competency of Electricians ................................................................................... 138
26.9 Underground and Overhead Services ................................................................... 139
26.10 Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO) ..................................................................................... 140
27 TEMPORARY WORKS ..........................................................................................141
27.3 Definition of Temporary Works .............................................................................. 142
27.4 The Principal Stages of Temporary Works ............................................................ 143
27.5 Key Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................. 144
27.5.1 Designated Individual ............................................................................................ 144
27.5.2 Temporary Works Coordinator (TWC) ................................................................... 144
27.5.3 Temporary Works Supervisors (TWS) ................................................................... 145
27.6 Key Principles of the Temporary Works Procedure ............................................... 145
27.6.1 Pre-start activities .................................................................................................. 145
27.6.2 Concept Stage Activities ........................................................................................ 146
27.6.3 Design Stage Activities .......................................................................................... 147
27.6.4 Installation Stage Activities .................................................................................... 150
27.6.5 Use Stage Activities ............................................................................................... 151
27.6.6 Dismantling Stage Activities .................................................................................. 151
28 SAFE USE OF EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING ....................................................152
Internal
Internal
28.3 Planning ................................................................................................................. 153

28.4 Notifications ........................................................................................................... 154
28.5 Storage .................................................................................................................. 154
28.6 Transport ............................................................................................................... 155
28.7 Mixing on Site ........................................................................................................ 155
28.8 Use of Explosives .................................................................................................. 155
28.9 Pre-blasting Signals ............................................................................................... 155
28.10 Electrical Shot Firing .............................................................................................. 156
28.11 Drilling and Charging ............................................................................................. 156
28.12 Scaling Down Faces .............................................................................................. 157
28.13 Misfires .................................................................................................................. 157
28.14 Disposal of Explosives ........................................................................................... 157
29 WORKING ON OR NEAR WATER ........................................................................157
29.3 Rescue Boat .......................................................................................................... 159
29.4 Life Saving Equipment ........................................................................................... 160
29.4.1 Personal Floatation Devices (Life Jackets)............................................................ 160
29.4.2 Lifebuoys (Life Rings) ............................................................................................ 160
29.4.3 Marine Crafts ......................................................................................................... 160
29.5 Emergency Preparedness and Response ............................................................. 161
30 WORKING IN THE HEAT ......................................................................................162
30.3 Weather Working Plan ........................................................................................... 164
30.4 Training and Competence ..................................................................................... 166
31 DIVING ...................................................................................................................167
31.2 Dive Plans.............................................................................................................. 168
32 TUNNELLING.........................................................................................................169
32.2 Tunnelling Control Plans........................................................................................ 169
33 MANUFACTURING ................................................................................................170
33.2 On-Site Manufacturing ........................................................................................... 170
33.3 Off-Site Manufacturing ........................................................................................... 170
Internal
Internal
34 PILING ....................................................................................................................171
34.2 Rebar Cage Construction ...................................................................................... 171
35 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND HYGIENE .........................................................172
35.2 Fatigue Management ............................................................................................. 173
35.3 Mental Health......................................................................................................... 173
35.4 Noise...................................................................................................................... 174
35.5 Manual Handling .................................................................................................... 174
35.6 Whole Body and Hand Arm Vibration Syndrome ................................................... 175
35.7 Pandemic Preparedness ....................................................................................... 176
36 SITE WELFARE FACILITIES ................................................................................176
36.2 Sanitary Facilities................................................................................................... 176
36.3 Washing Facilities .................................................................................................. 177
36.4 Drinking Water ....................................................................................................... 178
36.5 Breaks, Meals, and Rest Facilities......................................................................... 178
36.6 Protection of the Public and Third Parties ............................................................. 179
37 OTHER HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ..............................................180
37.1 Demolition .............................................................................................................. 180
37.2 Hazardous Substances.......................................................................................... 181
37.3 Legionnaires Disease ............................................................................................ 183
37.4 Security and Site Access Control .......................................................................... 183
37.5 Use of Areas Outside of Project Boundary ............................................................ 183
37.6 Material Storage and Distribution .......................................................................... 183
37.6.1 General Requirements........................................................................................... 183
37.6.2 Securing Material at Height ................................................................................... 184
37.7 Deliveries and Vehicle Movement ......................................................................... 184
37.8 Housekeeping ........................................................................................................ 184
37.9 Sharp Objects ........................................................................................................ 184
37.10 Lighting Levels ....................................................................................................... 185
37.11 Mobile Phone Usage ............................................................................................. 185
37.12 Signage.................................................................................................................. 185
37.12.1 Warning Signage ................................................................................................... 186
38 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT .............................................................186
Internal
Internal
38.2 Task-Specific PPE ................................................................................................. 187

38.3 Personnel Identification ......................................................................................... 191
39 FORMS AND TEMPLATES ...................................................................................192
40 APPENDICES ........................................................................................................192
Appendix A Method Statement and Risk Assessment Guidance
Appendix B Training Standards
Appendix C Incident Management Workflow
Internal
Internal
List of Tables
Table 1: Deliverables of the Construction Delivery Partner .................................................. 24
Table 2: Deliverables of the Project Management Consultant (PMC)................................... 27
Table 3: Deliverables of the Contractor ................................................................................ 29
Table 4: Required qualifications and experience for health and safety personnel ................ 40
Table 5: Schedule of Health and Safety Meetings ................................................................ 41
Table 6: Classification of Health and Safety Incidents .......................................................... 46
Table 7: Minimum First Aid and Medical Requirements ....................................................... 55
Table 8: Plant and Equipment – Key Health and Safety Considerations .............................. 60
Table 9: Plant and Equipment – Training, Licensing, and Certification Requirements ......... 63
Table 10: Plant and Equipment – Training, Licensing, and Certification Requirements ....... 72
Table 11: Requirements for Lifting Appliances (large) ........................................................ 109
Table 12: Requirements for lifting appliances (medium) ..................................................... 116
Table 13: Requirements for lifting appliances (small) ......................................................... 118
Table 14: Tools and equipment training requirements ........................................................ 136
Table 15: BS5975 categories of TW ................................................................................... 148
Table 16: Thermal Work Limits ........................................................................................... 164
Table 17: Guidance for working conditions ......................................................................... 165
Table 18: Permissible exposure time .................................................................................. 174
Table 19: Table of toilets and washbasin ratios .................................................................. 177
Table 20: Recommended Minimum Levels of Illumination ................................................. 185
Table 21: Minimum PPE requirements ............................................................................... 186
Table 22: Task matrix for gloves ......................................................................................... 190
Table 23: Assigned hard hat colours .................................................................................. 192
Table 24: NEOM Forms and Templates ............................................................................. 192
List of Figures
Figure 1: NEOM’s Health and Safety Strategy ..................................................................... 18
Figure 2: NEOM’s values ...................................................................................................... 18
Figure 3: Hazards to be given particular attention ................................................................ 58
Figure 4: Process chart for working at height ....................................................................... 86
Figure 5: Process chart for safety nets ................................................................................. 88
Figure 6: Warning signs for temporary power supply ......................................................... 134
Figure 7: Colour coding for power tools and appliances ..................................................... 135
Figure 8: Typical equipment on NEOM projects ................................................................. 138
Internal
Internal
Figure 9: Sample diagrams showing the locations of overhead services ........................... 140
Figure 10: Storage units for hazardous substances ........................................................... 182
Figure 11: Example signage for hazardous materials ......................................................... 182
Figure 12: PPE standards ................................................................................................... 189
Internal
Internal
1 Purpose
As part of NEOM’s vision to build the sustainable land of the future, we are committed to
protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of employees from NEOM, our Developers,
Consultants, Delivery Partner, Contractors, and their suppliers, and sub-contractors involved
directly or indirectly, in the delivery of NEOM Projects.
This document describes NEOM’s vision and values for health and safety and sets out the
Employer requirements and guidelines herein referred to as “HSAS” (Health and Safety
Assurance Standards), to establish a consistent, holistic, and robust approach to the
effective management of health and safety risks across NEOM Projects.
2 Scope
HSAS are applicable to all Stakeholders working on NEOM Projects. Therefore, NEOM
expects complete adherence and unconditional compliance to these requirements.
2.1 Excluded from Scope

The HSAS includes on-site welfare requirements, but does not include requirements for
worker welfare, including accommodation, transportation and employment / recruitment
practices, which are addressed within NEOM’s Worker Welfare Standards.
3 Implementation and Monitoring

NEOM Projects and NEOM Public Safety (LPFS) will conduct periodic / random assurance
inspections and audits to review the implementation of HSAS, and any other applicable
requirements. Roles and responsibilities for health and safety assurance activities for NEOM
Projects and LPFS have been defined within an approved RACI document. NEOM Projects
may also engage external parties to undertake independent health and safety assurance to
verify compliance.
4 Definitions
For a comprehensive list of definitions for the terms and abbreviations used at NEOM, see
the List of Definitions and Abbreviations (NEOM-NEN-SCH-006).
4.1 Terms
Term Definition
Construction Delivery The Construction Delivery Partner is a fully integrated team involving
Partner personnel from a third-party joint venture and the Employer. It will
provide project and construction management services required to
manage the performance and integration of the total supply chain,
across the project life cycle from detailed master plan to occupation,
including all of the professional and technical management personnel
traditionally provided by a Contractor.
Internal
Internal
Term Definition
Contractor The Contractor (and subcontractors) is the party which carries out all
or part of the design, engineering, procurement, construction,
commissioning, or management of a project.
Employer The Employer is any entity that enters a contract with design
consultants and / or Contractors for works to be undertaken on the
NEOM project site. For the NEOM project site, Employers include
NEOM, third-party delivery agents, developers, and investors.
Project The Project is the work to be / being carried out by Contractor,

Consultant, Developer, Delivery Partner and / or any entity involved
in undertaking the works.
Project Management The Project Management Consultant is the party that provides
Consultant engineering-related services such as design, construction
supervision, execution, repair, operation, maintenance, technology,
and creation of drawings and specifications and makes
recommendations to the Employer.
4.2 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Definition
AED Automated External Defibrillator
COSHH Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
DP Delivery Partner
DVS Digitally Verifiable Signature
ERP Emergency Response Plan
HiPo High Potential Event
Hi-Vis High Visibility
HSAS Health and Safety Assurance Standards
HSP Health and Safety Plan
IMCA International Marine Contractors Association
IPAF International Powered Access Federation
LOTO Lock Out Tag Out
LPFS Loss Prevention and Fire Safety (NEOM Public Safety)
LTI Lost Time Injury
MEWP Mobile Elevating Work Platform
MMC Modern Methods of Construction
MOI Ministry of Interior
MS Method Statement
MS/RA Method Statement / Risk Assessment
Internal
Internal
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
OSH Occupational Safety and Health
PASMA Prefabricated Access Suppliers and Manufacturers Association
PFD Personal Flotation Device
PMC Project Management Consultant
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PTW Permit to Work
RAMS Risk Assessment and Method Statement
SAR Saudi Arabian Riyal
SCUBA Self-contained Underwater Breathing Apparatus
SME Subject Matter Expert
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SWL Safe Work Limit
TW Temporary Works
TWC Temporary Works Coordinator
TWS Temporary Works Supervisor
TWL Thermal Working Limit
WAH Working at Height
WW Worker Welfare
5 References
5.1 NEOM Documents
Document no. Document title
NEOM-NLF-SM NEOM Occupational Safety and Health Manual

Rev 0.2 February 2022
NEOM-NLF-RACI NEOM Health & Safety – RACI Matrix (Public Safety / LPFS & Projects
Rev 0.1 March 2023 HSEQ)
5.2 Other Documents

BS 5975 – 2019 Temporary Works
BS 6164 Safety in Tunnelling
BS 7671 - 2018 Electrical Equipment
BS EN 1004 and 1298 Mobile Towers
Internal
Internal
BS EN 16191 Tunnelling Machinery
BS EN 166 Eye Protection
BS EN 20471 Hi-Vis Clothing
BS EN 388 Hand Protection
BS EN 397 Hard Hats
BS EN 996 Piling Equipment
BS EN ISO 20345 – Safety Footwear

2021 / ASTM F2413
BS7121 Safe Use of Cranes
Chapter 8 of KSA Medical Emergencies and First Aid Requirements

Labour Law
ISO 45001 – 2018 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems - Requirements
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Royal Decree No. M/10 MOI General Civil Defence Department
Royal Decree No. M/49 Ministry of Interior
Royal Decree No. M/51 Ministry of Labour
Saudi Building Code Civil Defence Authority

801 Chapter 10
Internal
Internal
6 NEOM Health and Safety Strategy

6.1 Vision
NEOM’s vision for health and safety is “Working together to develop a culture of care for a
safe and healthy future” which defines a long-term aspirational goal. The vision will be
accomplished through deployment of NEOM’s health and safety strategy, which
encompasses five strategic elements (specified in Section 6.4) and associated initiatives,
HSAS and guidelines (see Figure 1).
Figure 1: NEOM’s Health and Safety Strategy
All Stakeholders are required to support NEOM Projects in the implementation of strategic
initiatives to drive transformational change in health and safety culture to attain our vision
and leave a legacy in health and safety.
6.2 Values
NEOM’s values (specified in Figure 2) establish what as an organization we stand for and
the key behaviors that are expected individually and collectively. To supplement this, we
have aligned the health and safety vision with one of our core values “Care.”
Figure 2: NEOM’s values
Internal
Internal
6.3 Commitment
As part of NEOM’s vision to build the sustainable land of the future, NEOM is committed to
health and safety and protecting our employees, Contractors, and communities through the
development of a highly interdependent and mature health and safety culture with the
inherent belief that all injuries and incidents are preventable. NEOM is committed to
leveraging leading practices and innovative technologies to protect the well-being of our
people and community. NEOM will:
• Set health and safety objectives for all NEOM sectors to promote a safe working
environment that ensures health and well-being, and prevents injuries, and
incidents.
• Demonstrate visible felt leadership and management mindset and behaviors that
role model and show a PASSION for safety as a core belief to achieve safety
objectives and become a CATALYST for change.
• Promote off-the-job safety and community awareness to demonstrate a culture of

CARE.
• Apply and promote risk management philosophies to reduce risks and eliminate
hazards.
• Identify and mitigate risks associated with large scale changes related to facilities,
technology, organization, and personnel.
• Integrate risk-based thinking throughout the entire lifecycle of our assets across all
NEOM sectors.
• Ensure all Contractors RESPECT and adhere to the expectations and requirements
of NEOM’s Safety Management System (SMS).
• Provide adequate, competent, and qualified resources to ensure effective and

sustainable implementation of the NEOM Safety Management System (SMS) and
prevent negative impacts, injuries, and losses.
• Deliver DIVERSE and innovative safety capability development programs to

enhance safety capabilities and competencies at NEOM.
• Ensure effectiveness of emergency response preparedness through the

development and implementation of comprehensive and robust emergency
response and crisis management plans.
• Ensure all incidents, near-misses, and unsafe acts and conditions are accurately
and effectively reported, investigated, and addressed through appropriate corrective
actions and prevention plans to promote learnings. Be continuously CURIOUS to
Internal
Internal
learn and drive sustainable improvements in safety performance by collaborating

with key stakeholders and leveraging new technologies to foster an environment of
innovation.
NEOM’s Health and Safety Commitment statement is authorized by the NEOM CEO and will
be reviewed periodically in accordance with significant change.
6.4 Strategic Elements

NEOM’s health and safety strategy is designed around 5 strategic elements. Strategic
elements are linked to strategic objectives and initiatives which will be deployed across the
organization.
The 5 strategic elements are:

• Leadership - Demonstrate ownership, accountability and active participation in
health and safety to set the tone from the top and drive change.
• Governance - Establish effective governance structures and processes for health

and safety direction and assurance.
• Risk Management - Integrate health and safety in decision making, focus on

control of critical risks and effective implementation of world class standards.
• Competency - Develop capabilities and awareness in health and safety, supported

by competent advice.
• Improvement - Embrace innovation and drive continual improvement in health and

safety culture and performance.
All Stakeholders should align to these strategic elements and support NEOM Projects in the
deployment of associated strategic initiatives, including the “Culture of Care” campaign.
7 Roles and Responsibilities

All Stakeholders are responsible for health and safety performance and taking ownership
and supporting implementation of NEOM’s health and safety vision, strategy and HSAS.
This section provides an overview of organizational and individual roles and responsibilities.
The roles and responsibilities are indicative and not exhaustive. The roles are based on the
NEOM Projects organizational structure; however, it is expected that all Stakeholders
establish clear roles, responsibilities, and accountabilities for health and safety.
7.1 Neom Projects (Client/Employer)

The general health and safety responsibilities of NEOM Projects are as follows:
• Provide leadership, direction, and support for the implementation of the HSAS.
• Ensure the provision of sufficient competent resources to allow for the safe delivery
of site delivery activities.
• Allow sufficient time and resources for each stage of the project, including project
set-up and mobilization.
• Establish forums to promote a collaborative approach to health and safety

leadership and management.
Internal
Internal
• Make critical health and safety decisions in a timely manner.
• Share health and safety lessons learned and best practice.
• Report and investigate incidents and implement corrective actions to prevent

recurrence.
7.2 Neom Executive Leadership and Senior Management

Senior Leadership (Chiefs, Senior Executive Directors, Executive Director, Directors, etc.)
have a responsibility to support the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors in the
design and execution of NEOM’s health and safety strategy.
The commitment and leadership on health and safety from Chiefs and Senior Leadership
across NEOM will define the health and safety culture of the organization and have a
significant impact on health and safety related behaviors.
The responsibilities of NEOM Senior Leadership include:

• Demonstrate visible leadership on health and safety.
• Support the implementation of NEOM’s health and safety vision, strategy and
HSAS.
• Communicate health and safety updates and information.
• Attend relevant health and safety training and support the development of others.
• Encourage worker involvement and participation in health and safety.
• Recognize positive health and safety behaviors at an organizational and individual

level.
• Participate in Executive Learning Reviews following serious incidents.
• Drive continual improvement and innovation in health and safety.
7.3 NEOM / Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner Project

Directors
The health and safety responsibilities of NEOM / Project Management Consultant and
Delivery Partner Project Directors are as follows:
• Organize and participate in project health and safety leadership tours.
• Attend and contribute to Contractor health and safety meetings.
• Ensure coordination of activities between design consultants, other consultants, and

Contractors.
• Support the implementation of NEOM’s health and safety initiatives and campaigns.
• Attend and encourage project participation in NEOM health and safety meetings
and forums.
• Support the implementation of the Supervisors’ Activity Briefing process delivered

on site.
Internal
Internal
• Ensure that the Contractor has mechanisms to collect feedback from the workforce
and ensure this is incorporated into improvement processes or practices.
• Encourage project participation in NEOM reward and recognition schemes.
• Review and approve the Contractor’s health and safety plan and monitor
compliance against this plan.
• Oversee and ensure periodic review of Contractor health and safety deliverables.
• Develop and maintain pre-construction information and the health and safety file for
each project.
• Ensure investigation and reporting of incidents in accordance with the incident

reporting requirements and ensure corrective actions are implemented.
• Report statistics and required health and safety data in line with NEOM Projects
reporting requirements.
7.4 Design Consultants

The health and safety responsibilities of Design Consultants are as follows:
• Where a lead designer is appointed, they are responsible for consolidating all
design information from Stakeholders and ensuring compatibility of designs.
• Provide a design management plan containing the following:
− Documented systems and procedures to identify and evaluate design options.
− Methods documenting reductions in health and safety risks.
− Methodology for ensuring compliance with relevant legislation, standards, and

other requirements.
− Coordination and communication.
− Risk review meetings and workshops.
− Detailing the arrangements of how residual risks will be communicated.
• Apply the hierarchy of control to all stages of the project – from design, construction,
operation, event, decommissioning and legacy, where applicable.
• During early / mid-concept stage, consider hazards and risks associated with the
proposed site. This must include those arising from current site activities, existing
services, adjacent site activities, and the existing built environment and fully
consider the information produced under NEOM master plans.
• Take due account of legal and other requirements specifically for design.
• Ensure the competence of organizations and individuals involved in the design

process.
• Ensure regular reviews of design are completed and documented to eliminate or

reduce risk.
Internal
Internal
• Consider the practicality of installing specified components, including handling and

sequencing and highlight any unusual or innovative project design requirements
which require temporary design by the Contractor.
• Ensure all workplaces meet the requirements of local workplace regulations,

including end-user health and safety requirements and other fit-for-purpose issues,
such as safe access/egress arrangements and accessible workplaces.
• Provide residual risk information to the Contractor in the form of pre-construction

information / residual risk registers.
• Provide risk information or specific details in the form of a health and safety file to
the Project Manager for design features, included assisting in the life of the building
after construction, e.g., maintenance, designed methodology for dismantling, etc.
7.5 Construction Delivery Partner

The health and safety responsibilities of the Construction Delivery Partner are as follows:
• Provide all the project and construction management services necessary for the
execution of the Project, including but not limited to the design, procurement,
construction and testing and commissioning, together with the management of the
critical interfaces between the Project, other adjacent NEOM Projects and the
NEOM-Wide Logistics Group.
• Provide all of the project and construction management services required to

manage the performance and integration of the total supply chain, across the
project life cycle from detailed master plan to occupation, including all of the
professional and technical management personnel traditionally provided by a
General Contractor. NEOM will directly procure the designers, material and
commodity suppliers and Contractors required to undertake all of the works required
for Project.
• Establish a fully integrated team involving both seconded personnel from the three
partners and personnel from NEOM. Hence the Project Delivery Partner for the
Project is part of the Client’s organization.
• The services to be provided by the Delivery Partner include:
− Project Management.
− Program Delivery Strategy.
− Project Execution Planning.
− Program and Project Controls Management.
− Engineering and Design Management.
− Construction Management.
− Pre-commissioning / Commission Management.
− Quality Management.
− Interface Management.
− Procurement and Supply Chain Management.
Internal
Internal
− Risk Management.
− Commercial / Contracts Management.
− Logistics and Project Indirect Management.
− Health and Safety Management.
− Security Management.
− Environment and Sustainability Management.
− Documentation Management.
− Stakeholder Management.
− Digital and Modern Methods of Construction.
− Other services as required, including Operational Readiness and Sector

Support.
7.5.1 Construction Delivery Partner Health and Safety Deliverables

The required deliverables for the Construction Delivery Partner are listed in Table 1.
Documents must be reviewed quarterly, or following any significant change (e.g., serious
incident). A tracker must be maintained to record when deliverables have been
submitted/approved with review dates.
Table 1: Deliverables of the Construction Delivery Partner
Issued/Acceptance
Deliverable Guidelines Process
Health and Safety Plan detailing how the Delivery Partner will Issued to the Employer
Management Plan ensure the health and safety of their own for acceptance (NEOM
employees and arrangements for overseeing Projects).
the Contractor's health and safety
arrangements during the project.
Health and Safety Details of knowledge, skills and experience Issued to the Employer
Personnel CV of health and safety personnel working on for acceptance (NEOM
the project in line with the HSAS. Projects).
Health and Safety Schedule of leadership tours, inspections, Issued to the Employer
Monitoring and audits to ensure implementation of the for acceptance (NEOM
Schedule Contractor’s health and safety plan. Projects).
7.6 Project Management Consultants (PMC)

Project Management Consultants play a critical role in supporting NEOM in the
implementation of the HSAS and ensuring that health and safety is integrated throughout
the overall delivery strategy. The responsibilities of Project Management Consultants
include:
• Develop, review and update Health and Safety Management Plans.
• Develop and deliver a monitoring schedule including leadership tours, inspections,

and audits, which includes a quarterly health and safety management system audit
Internal
Internal
of the Contractor completed within the first 6 weeks following mobilization, and also
support periodic and random inspections / visits by NEOM (Enterprise and / or
LPFS).
• Develop a competency framework, including training matrix, record, and plan for
their team.
• Lead weekly formal health and safety inspections, workshops and meetings as
required and verify close out of observations and actions identified.
• Conduct regular inspections to ensure every project site is visited at least once
every shift.
• Chair weekly health and safety meetings with Contractor’s management teams.
• Ensure mandatory use of the Employers online reporting systems for health and
safety.
• Administer the system for recording observations. Actions must be raised on the
system and monitored, managed, and closed out in line with agreed timescales.
Observations and records must include both positive practices and improvements
areas.
• Ensure the appointment of a sufficient number of competent health and safety

resources in line with legal and the Employers requirements to enable successful
delivery of their responsibilities.
• Ensure the timely mobilization of health and safety resources (in line with contract
requirements) and prevent demobilization of resources until completion of health
and safety deliverables.
• Ensure the implementation of health and safety requirements by the Contractor,

subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors working under their supervision, including:
− NEOM health and safety vision and strategy.
− Health and Safety Assurance Standards.
− General conditions of construction contracts, legal and other requirements.
• Ensure construction health and safety plans are in place for each Contractor before
construction begins.
• Review and approve Contractor's health and safety plans, Risk Assessments and
Method Statements (RAMS), and all other deliverables defined in these HSAS.
• Ensure that the Contractor provides a sufficient number of competent health and
safety professionals to satisfy both legal and NEOM requirements. The assessment
of competence may include an interview where NEOM representatives are invited.
• Ensure the Contractor provides adequate competent resources for health and safety
critical roles, such as appointed persons and those trained in emergency response.
Competency assessment may include interviews.
• Communicate and ensure ongoing communication of the NEOM health and safety
vision, strategy and HSAS, including significant risk controls to all Contractors and
personnel working under their supervision.
Internal
Internal
• Carry out health and safety pre-start kick-off meetings with Contractors as per the
HSAS.
• Attend Contractor meetings and be provided with minutes of, or chair any meetings
as required to ensure the fulfilment of the contractual requirements.
• Interface effectively with the Contractor’s and Employer’s health and safety
departments.
• Provide leadership, direction, guidance, and technical assistance to Contractors in

relation to implementation of the HSAS.
• Ensure the provision of a competent workforce from the Contractor by regularly

reviewing competency frameworks, training and inductions, and supporting the
delivery of NEOM Projects or Contractor training as required.
• Ensure the suitability and ongoing availability of security, traffic management,

logistics and emergency arrangements.
• Develop and evaluate design risk assessments and ensure ongoing communication
of any design issues.
• Continuously monitor and review the health and safety performance of the
Contractor and their supply chain, regularly appraise their effectiveness ensuring
that any health and safety non-conformances are rectified in a timely manner or
escalated, and that appropriate controls are maintained at all times.
• In the case of a lack of safety control and imminent risk of injury or continual failure
to address unsafe act / condition, issue a suspension of work instruction under the
contract (cost implications will be borne by the Contractor). Issuing of a Suspension
of Work Instruction must be notified to NEOM Projects.
• Ensure that incidents are reported and investigated in accordance with the HSAS.
Review and approve reports and provide technical support, guidance and
recommendations, as required.
• Report to NEOM Projects on a regular basis on health and safety performance,

including submittal of health and safety reports. The report must include but not be
limited to health and safety strategy implementation, health, and safety
performance, including incidents and lessons learned and continual improvement
plans.
• Ensure Contractors develop and implement reward and recognition schemes.
• Ensure Contractors produce a health and safety file as per Employer’s

requirements.
7.6.1 Project Management Consultants (PMC) Health and Safety Deliverables

The required deliverables for the Project Management Consultant are listed in Table 2.
Documents must be reviewed quarterly, or following any significant change (e.g., serious
incident). A tracker must be maintained to record when deliverables have been
submitted/approved with review dates.
Internal
Internal
Table 2: Deliverables of the Project Management Consultant (PMC)
Issued / Acceptance
Deliverable Guidelines Process
Health and Safety Plan detailing how the Project Management Issued to the Employer
Management Plan Consultant will ensure the health and safety for acceptance (NEOM
of their own employees and arrangements Projects).
for overseeing the Contractor's health and
safety arrangements during the project.
Health and Safety Details of knowledge, skills and experience Issued to the Employer
Personnel CV of health and safety personnel working on for acceptance (NEOM
the project in line with the HSAS. Projects).
Health and Safety Schedule of leadership tours, inspections, Issued to the Employer
Monitoring and audits to ensure implementation of the for acceptance (NEOM
Schedule Contractor’s health and safety plan. Projects).
7.7 Contractor
The health and safety responsibilities of Contractors are as follows:
• Provide proactive and visible leadership and management for health and safety,
promote, and support the implementation of NEOM’s health and safety vision and
strategy and ensure compliance with these HSAS.
• Utilize the tools and standard forms and templates provided in these HSAS and
supporting guidance.
• Maintain a health and safety management system, ideally in line with the
requirements of ISO requirements.
• Prepare, develop, and implement arrangements in line with the deliverables list and
any other document deemed necessary to ensure the health and safety of
personnel on the project. Deliverables must be reviewed and approved by the
Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner.
• Develop a Health and Safety Plan which must be approved by the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner before construction begins.
• Produce, review, approve and monitor the implementation of procedures, as well as

RAMS delivered against a RAMS Log.
• Ensure that any appointed subcontractors (including any manpower or labor only
suppliers) and supply chain are aware of and abide by these HSAS.
• Plan, manage, and monitor construction in liaison with subcontractors.
• Ensure that suitable onsite welfare facilities are established and maintained
throughout construction.
• Welfare facilities should be the first item installed at any new work location.
• Inform the project manager and Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner
of all incidents, diseases, and dangerous occurrences. Investigate and report
incidents in accordance with these HSAS.
Internal
Internal
• Develop a competency framework and ensure an appropriate training plan is in

place.
• Ensure that all personnel including subcontractors receive a site-specific induction

delivered by a competent person.
• Ensure that expert knowledge or advice is available in relation to significant risks,

including temporary works.
• Consult with the workforce on matters relating to health and safety.
• Where scope includes design responsibility, the Contractor must develop a design
management plan containing procedures and specific design risk assessments
identifying how risks during construction, maintenance and end use will be
eliminated and / or mitigated by the design process.
• Develop and deliver a monitoring program, including audits, inspections, and other
activities. Observations, findings and corrective actions must be recorded on either
the Employer’s online tracking system or the Contractor’s own system as agreed
with the Employer. The Contractor must allow for purchasing the number of licenses
required to deliver the project.
• Cooperate with the Employer, Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner,

design consultant, and others as applicable regarding ongoing design.
• Develop regular health and safety campaigns based on the project risk profile.
• Ensure the site is always secured, including site fencing and access control.
• Cooperate with the Employer, Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner

in planning and managing work.
• Ensure that health and safety performance is reviewed and monitored on a weekly
basis through formal site meetings chaired by the Project Management Consultant
or Delivery Partner to discuss any challenges or coordination issues, etc.
• Report to NEOM Projects on a regular basis on health and safety performance,

including submittal of health and safety reports. The report must include but not be
limited to health and safety strategy implementation, health, and safety
performance, including incidents and lessons learned and continual improvement
plans.
• Develop and implement reward and recognition schemes.
• Implement occupational health and wellbeing programs which include a focus on

mental health.
• Provide the project manager with information needed for the health and safety file.
7.7.1 Contractor Health and Safety Deliverables

The required deliverables for the Contractor are listed in Table 3. All deliverables must be
issued to the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner for approval and to NEOM
Projects for information. Documents must be reviewed quarterly, or following any significant
change (e.g., serious incident). A tracker must be maintained to record when deliverables
have been submitted/approved with review dates.
Internal
Internal
Table 3: Deliverables of the Contractor
Deliverable Guidelines Requirements

Health and Safety Plan in line with Employer’s requirements Section 9.1
Plan detailing the arrangements for ensuring the health
and safety of the workforce.
Health and Safety Schedule of leadership tours, inspections, and Section 9.1
Monitoring audits to ensure implementation of the health and
Schedule safety plan.
Mobilisation and Detailed mobilisation (pre-mobilisation) and Section 9.2

Demobilisation demobilisation (pre-demobilisation) plan,
Plan including health and safety resources.
Continual A list of key actions that is regularly updated to Section 9.4

Improvement Plan continually improve the health and safety
performance of the project. The list should
include industry best practice and innovation.
Training Matrix, A matrix defining training and experience Section 11

Records and Plan requirements against job roles. Training records
including copies of certificates (where applicable),
and a plan on what training is scheduled
(Records and training plans should be continually
updated).
Induction Presentation as delivered to operatives to provide Section 11.10

Presentation basic health and safety information (including
NEOM’s health and safety vision and strategy,
HSAS, significant hazards (Eltizam), emergency
procedures, etc.) specific to the site.
Health and Safety Details of knowledge, skills and experience of Section 11.3
Personnel CV’s health and safety personnel working on the
project in line with HSAS.
Health and Safety Plan for the implementation of a reward and Section 12.5
Reward and recognition scheme to promote positive
Recognition reinforcement of health and safety practices and
Scheme behaviours.
Emergency Arrangements for managing any emergency on- Section 14

Response Plan site including medical emergencies, fire, or other
incidents.
Injury / Illness A detailed plan outlining arrangements and Section 14.3

Management Plan insurance provisions for dealing with any work-
related injuries and illnesses.
Traffic Management Arrangements for managing traffic management Sections 17, 18, 19
and Logistics Plan and logistics and plans showing current
configuration and future stages of the project.
Fall Prevention Detailed fall prevention plan to prevent people or Section 21.3
Plan materials from falling from height.
Internal
Internal
Deliverable Guidelines Requirements

Lifting Operations Plan detailing how lifting will be managed and Section 22.4
Management Plan supporting processes, including lift plans for
and Lift Plan common lifts.
Fire Prevention Detailed fire prevention plan to prevent fires on Section 24.2
Plan projects sites.
Temporary Plan for both temporary and permanent Section 26.2

Electrical installation arrangements and controls. The plan
Management Safety must also include schematic showing the main
Plan electrical systems.
Testing and As per the Contractor’s own arrangements and as Section 26.2
Commissioning agreed with the Project Management Consultant
Plans or Delivery Partner.
Temporary Works Detailed plan on how temporary works will be Section 27

Procedure / managed and controlled, including specialist
Register / roles.
Management Plan
Weather Working Plan covering weather working arrangements, Section 30.3

Plan including arrangements for sun (Summer working
hours) and storm, fog, high winds, rain, hail,
lightning, and cold weather working.
NEOM Projects may require the Contractor to submit other plans for approval in line with
KSA regulatory requirements, or project specific requirements for high-risk activities (e.g.,
drilling and blasting, tunnelling, diving, etc.).
8 Leadership
8.1 Leadership and Commitment
All Stakeholders must demonstrate leadership and commitment to health and safety. NEOM
Projects has implemented the Eltizam (Arabic word for Commitment) campaign, which
defines the behaviors for leaders, managers, supervisors, and everyone working across
NEOM Projects. The expectation is that there is no compromise on these behaviors and
effective leadership and management must be demonstrated to ensure critical controls are
implemented.
8.1.1 Behaviors for Leaders

All leaders across NEOM Projects must:
• Lead by example.
• Communicate regularly with their team on health and safety.
• Ensure an ongoing focus on our significant hazards and behaviors.
• Complete relevant training and support the development of others.
• Actively participate in health and safety meetings and forums.
Internal
Internal
• Engage with the workforce and take action from their feedback.
• Reward and recognize safe behaviors and practices.
• Look for ways to continually improve performance.
8.1.2 Behaviors for Managers and Supervisors

All Managers and Supervisors across NEOM Projects must:
• Look after the health, safety, and welfare of their team.
• Ensure an approved risk assessment and method statement is in place and

communicated for all work activities.
• Regularly communicate with their team and share lessons learned.
• Recognize people in their team, and others, who demonstrate safe behaviors.
• Assess the risks from fatigue and implement relevant precautions.
• Encourage their team to report observations and incidents.
• Challenge unsafe behaviors.
8.1.3 Behaviors for Everyone

Everyone working across NEOM Projects must:
• Arrive fit for work and seek medical advice if feeling unwell.
• Always drive safely and comply with road safety requirements.
• Use designated routes and walkways and not enter restricted areas.
• Comply with all site health and safety policies and rules, including Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) requirements.
• Keep work areas clean, tidy, and free from hazards.
• Take adequate breaks throughout the day to ensure wellbeing and look out for the
wellbeing of others.
• Immediately rectify any unsafe act or condition if it is safe to do so.
• Immediately report and escalate any unsafe act or condition that cannot be dealt
with.
8.1.4 Leadership Engagement

Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner and Contractor leadership must
participate in at least one health and safety engagement per month, which may involve a
range of activities, such as leadership tours, health and safety briefings and participation in
reward and recognition sessions.
8.1.5 Leadership Tours

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must maintain a
schedule of health and safety leadership tours and ensure that there is effective follow-up on
Internal
Internal
any improvement areas identified during tours. Leadership tours provide a platform to
demonstrate visible health and safety leadership and engage with project teams and front-
line operatives to promote continual improvement. Stakeholders are encouraged to adopt a
progressive approach to leadership tours which encompasses the following:
• Maintain a specific focus on health and safety (i.e., avoiding excessive discussion
on other matters such as schedule, quality, etc.).
• Encourage representation from senior project leadership – Executive Director /

Project Director / Construction Director.
• Lead by example, including use of PPE in line with NEOM Projects requirements.
• Split into small groups (5-6 people) to ensure better project coverage, with someone
in each group able to communicate with the workers.
• Ensure that the leadership tour incorporates conversations with workers.
• Reward and recognize workers who show interest and provide feedback.
• Provide a score out of 10 based on the findings of the safety leadership tour.
Worker engagement is a critical element of leadership tours and focus should be given to
talking regularly with the workforce to create trust. The following points should be
considered in relation to worker engagement during leadership tours:
• Ensure there is someone in each group who can talk to the workers and translate
questions and answers.
• Try to avoid large groups when talking to workers as this may create apprehension.
Make sure to explain why you are there and the purpose of the visit.
• Always aim to make the engagement personal, by asking where the workers are
from, how long they have been in the country / on the Project, and other related
questions.
• Ask health and safety questions, such as:
− Did you have an activity briefing prior to the start of shift? What did it cover?
Where was it delivered?
− What are the main hazards on site?
− What would you do in the event of an emergency?
• Ask worker welfare questions, such as:
− Where is your accommodation? How is the accommodation? Is the food, ok?

Are there any recreational arrangements?
− How are the welfare arrangements on site? Are there sufficient and accessible
toilets?
− Do you have any ideas that would improve your experience on site, or in your
accommodation?
• Provide rewards (e.g., phone cards) to workers who provide good responses and
explain why individuals receive recognition.
Internal
Internal
• Close the conversation with a positive message about the work that they do and the
importance of looking after the health and safety of themselves and others.
• Share images / photographs of the recognition session with the worker(s).
Records of leadership tours should also be recorded in the NEOM Projects Enablon system.
9 Planning
9.1 Health and Safety Plan
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure Health and
Safety Plans are implemented for the project. In order for a Contractor to mobilize and
commence site establishment works sufficient arrangements are required to be in place,
such as an outline or draft Health and Safety Plan. To commence construction works the
Health and Safety Plan must be approved with a program of further deliverables agreed with
the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and Employer.
In addition to the above, the following operational documents must also be in place:
• Approved Risk Assessments / Method Statements.
• Weekly and monthly performance reports.
• Register of incidents and associated reports.
• Observations, findings, and action plan / tracker.
Contractors must resubmit any update of the Health and Safety Plan for approval by the
Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner. Updates to the Health and Safety Plan
may be required upon the award of works which may be different in location, type of works,
etc.
The Health and Safety Plan must comply with the requirements stipulated in these HSAS,
demonstrate management commitment to health and safety and include, but not be limited
to, the following:
• An approved organization chart identifying all full-time health and safety personnel
and all site staff with particular responsibilities for health and safety.
• Details of the health and safety responsibilities and authority levels to personnel
specified on the organization chart.
• Details of communication methods that the Contractor’s health and safety

organization must implement.
• The means by which the Contractor must ensure compliance by all subcontractors.
• Training procedures and plans, including induction and ongoing development in

health and safety for Contractor personnel, including subcontractors.
• Terms of reference, membership, and proposed frequency of site health and safety
meetings.
• Health and safety awareness and recognition programs.
• Details of the quantity and specification of all necessary monitoring equipment that
is required for the Project.
Internal
Internal
• Site rules and regulations including implementation of the NEOM Eltizam program.
• Control of dangerous and hazardous substances.
• System of hazard identification and risk control, such as RAMS, Activity Briefings,
and other communication with respect to risk information.
• Details of how the Contractor will ensure the protection of authorized visitors and
the prevention of unauthorized entry to Site.
• Design safety reviews (if applicable), including temporary works.
• Verification procedures, including health and safety compliance inspections:
− Inspections of fit for purpose plant, tools, and equipment prior to introduction to
site by a competent person and record keeping of such inspections.
− Reinspection of fit for purpose plant, tools, and equipment on site by a

competent person on a periodic basis and record keeping of such inspections.
• Incident reporting, recording, investigation, analysis, and follow-up to ensure that

corrective actions are taken.
• Evacuation arrangements and emergency planning.
• Details of the proposed first aid provisions including medical personnel, facilities,
and casualty transportation methods.
• Details of the Contractors arrangements for site safety inspections.
• Details of the Contractor’s internal health and safety audit scheme. The audit must
include the works of Subcontractors of all levels. The documentation generated by
the audit process, including audit reports, must be made available to NEOM
Projects.
• Details of how health and safety related records must be kept and maintained.
• Disciplinary procedures for breaches in health and safety rules and regulations.
A template for a Health and Safety Plan is provided in NEOM-NPR-STD-001_TMP01.
Contractors must implement a Health and Safety Monitoring Schedule, to be approved by

the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner, comprising of leadership tours,
inspections, audits (and any other form of monitoring) to ensure implementation of the
Health and Safety Plan.
9.2 Site Set-up and Mobilization

Contractors must ensure that project sites are set-up safely and effectively prior to the
mobilization of personnel, including site welfare arrangements. The following measures are
required:
• Mobilization and demobilization plan.
• Risk assessments and method statements for mobilization activities.
• Site / project signage is cleared displayed.
• Site fencing and gates for site entrance (lockable).
Internal
Internal
• Security cabin (with air conditioning installed).
• 24hr security (from an approved vendor) and fire warden cover is in place.
• A site visit register / log is provided and maintained of those entering and leaving
site
• Mandatory PPE signage (Compliant with NEOM PPE requirements).
• Safety notice board (contains key site contacts, health and safety campaigns and
statistics, NEOM Projects Eltizam posters, etc.).
• Lockable cages for gas cylinder storage.
• Fire detection and firefighting means provided.
• Suitable lighting arrangements.
• Toilets, welfare facilities and prayer rooms.
• Assembly points marked.
• Pedestrian access available (i.e., a demarcated walkway).
9.3 Health and Safety Risk Assessments and Method Statements (RAMS)
Contractors must assess the risks associated with their activities and ensure appropriate
controls are documented in Risk Assessments and Method Statements (RAMS). It is
essential that all controls specified in RAMS are implemented before work starts and
maintained during work.
• All works must be covered by appropriate documentation proportionate to the level

of risk associated with the task. A hard copy of the risk assessment should be
available on-site. Specific guidance for RAMS is contained in Appendix A. On
NEOM projects, all RAMS will be recorded on the Employer’s electronic document
management system.
• Prior to commencing work, the RAMS must have an approved status and all
operatives must be briefed on the works they are to undertake. The RAMS must
ensure any equipment utilised for work activities is brought onto site in good time to
facilitate workforce familiarization.
Risk assessments must not be limited to task assessments but also include area risk
assessments, hazardous substances assessments (COSHH assessments), manual
handling assessments, etc. Key controls from risk assessments must be built into the
method statements and an activity briefing provided to the workforce following the NEOM
Projects approved format to ensure hazards and controls are known and understood. For
safety critical activities, a permit to work system must be implemented.
Contractors must manage the health and safety interface risks associated with adjacent
projects. Any activity involving such an interface must be brought to the attention of the
Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and the Employer and, where
applicable, the statutory authority. The Employer may require additional documentation in
line with logistics and security requirements.
Internal
Internal
9.4 Assessment of Health and Safety Opportunities

Contractors must assess health and safety opportunities and areas for improvement and
ensure key lessons learned are communicated. The assessment of opportunities should
consider planned changes in the organization and upcoming works / activities in a proactive
manner. Potential opportunities may include:
• Use of technology to engineer out the risk.
• Improving visibility of senior leadership in relation to health and safety.
• Collaboration with other Stakeholders and projects.
• Enhancement to incident reporting and implementation of corrective actions.
• Sharing of health and safety information and lessons learned.
Contractors must record opportunities and other actions to drive improvement in the
Continual Improvement Plan. Opportunities should also be discussed in project health and
safety meetings to encourage a positive and progressive approach.
9.5 Health and Safety File

Contractors must develop and issue a Health and Safety File to the Employer at the end of
the project or at agreed stage completions, as required. The scope, structure and format for
the file must be provided in accordance with a format agreed with the Employer.
Contents of the Health and Safety File must include the following, where relevant:
• A brief description of the work carried out.
• Residual remaining hazards and how they have been dealt with during use.
• Key structural principles and safe working loads for floors and roofs.
• Hazardous materials that were used.
• Information regarding the removal or dismantling of installed plant and equipment.
• Health and safety information about equipment provided for cleaning or maintaining
the structure.
• Nature, location, and markings of significant services including underground cables,

gas supply, equipment, and fire-fighting services.
• Information and as-built drawings of the structure, its plant and equipment.
9.6 Permit to Work (PTW)

Contractors must ensure that for all safety critical activities a permit-to-work system is used.
These permits will be under the direct issue and control of Contractor’s management.
Contractor permit system arrangements must be reviewed and approved by the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and include details covering authorized
persons, specific control measures, training requirements and obtaining and rescinding
permits. Due to the high-risk nature of permits, it is expected the Project Management
Consultant or Delivery Partner will regularly monitor the specific permitted works.
Internal
Internal
Permit to work systems are only used where necessary so as not to devalue the purpose of
the permit. As a minimum, Contractor’s permit systems are required for the following
activities:
• Permit to dig / Excavation permit.
• Hot works.
• Confined spaces.
• Electrical and Mechanical Isolation (Lock Out / Tag Out).
• Permit to Load / Strike. (Temporary Works).
• Blasting.
• Non-Destructive Testing – Radiography.
• Diving.
10 Work Supervision and Control

10.1 Supervision Levels
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must provide sufficient
resources to ensure adequate supervision of the works being undertaken.
Contractors must provide at least one working supervisor per eight employees, with one
non-working supervisor per 24 employees. Additional supervision resources may be
required depending on the risk profile of certain activities. These Supervisors must be
clearly identifiable on site.
Contractors must clearly detail arrangements for supervision in the Health and Safety Plan
and ensure adequate supervision levels are maintained during out of hours working, night
work, weekend work, holiday periods and during any abnormal or emergency works.
10.2 Activity Briefing Process

Contractors must ensure that a start of each shift, an activity briefing is undertaken by front-
line supervisors to engage with their team and ensure effective communication of health and
safety hazards and controls. All activity briefings must:
• Be undertaken at the point of work in languages the workers understand.
• Involve no more than 15 workers (optimum number of 8 people).
• Identity the significant hazards for the activity.
• Prioritize and clearly communicate the key significant health and safety hazards.
• Engage the workers by encouraging two-way conversation and feedback.
• Consider additional hazards at the point of work that may not have been considered
in the risk assessment (i.e., adjacent works and interfaces). Any significant
additional hazards must be reported so that, if necessary, the RAMS can be
revised.
• Empower the workers to stop the work if it becomes unsafe.
Internal
Internal
• Ensure that if the workforce changes or additional operatives are added during the
shift, that another briefing is delivered.
Contractors should utilize the NEOM Projects Activity Briefing Form in NEOM-NPR-STD-
001_FRM01. A record of each Activity Briefing delivered with a list of attendees must be
maintained. All Supervisors should complete NEOM Projects Supervisor Activity Briefing
Training to support in the delivery of effective briefings.
11 Competency
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must establish training
and competency requirements to enable individuals to understand and effectively fulfil their
health and safety responsibilities. Contractors must complete all necessary health and
safety training and ensure training provision extends within their supply chain.
NEOM has defined health and safety training requirements for Leaders, Managers,
Supervisors and Health and Safety Professionals related to or involved in construction, as
well as for operatives using various items of plant or equipment. Requirements for such
training are referenced in Appendix B.
Contractors must have a training matrix, training plan as well as copies of certificates and
records available on-site. Contractor training systems must be approved by the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner.
NEOM Projects delivers the following health and safety training courses free of charge to all
Stakeholders working on our projects:
Health and Safety Leadership

For Executive and Senior leaders responsible for health and safety strategic direction. A half
day program focused on NEOM’s health and safety strategy, and leadership behaviors
required to drive transformational change.
Construction Safety for Managers

For Project and Construction Managers who have a direct influence on the health and safety
management of construction-related work activities. Structured over 2 days, this course
focuses on the HSAS and management of significant hazards.
Supervisors Activity Briefing Training

For front-line Contractor Supervisors, this 4-hour course is intended for those who are
responsible for putting people to work. It introduces the NEOM Projects Activity Briefing
process to ensure significant hazards are prioritized and the key safe behaviors are
communicated to those who are performing the work. Supervisors that successfully
complete the course are awarded a NEOM-branded hard hat.
Safety Essentials Course

For health and safety professionals, this training course is intended to enhance the
capabilities of health and safety professionals to provide effective support and advice.
11.1 Health and Safety Inductions

Contractors must ensure site inductions are conducted to familiarize personnel with the
hazards and controls relevant to the site or office location. All employees are to be inducted
Internal
Internal
at each project site or office to ensure they are aware of any specific hazards, activities, and
relevant emergency procedures. All employees must receive an induction when attending a
project site or office where they have not previously been inducted. A record of site or office
inductions must be maintained.
Contractors must ensure particular attention is given to the effective on-boarding and
induction training of subcontractors, including any workforce from manpower or labor only
suppliers, who will not be familiar with the HSAS and project specific health and safety
requirements.
Where an induction cannot be provided, or the nature of work is a visit, the individuals must
be escorted by a fully inducted person who is responsible for their health and safety whilst
on the project site or office and must always be present.
11.2 Toolbox Talks

Contractors must ensure that toolbox meetings are delivered at project sites. Contractors
should select a suitable topic and communicate to the workforce on the general health and
safety requirements of that subject. The talks must be compliant with the following:
• Frequency of meeting: No less than weekly.
• Duration of meeting: No less than 10 minutes.
• Attendance: Contractor’s workforce.
• Work teams must be given the opportunity to contribute and participate in the
discussion.
• Toolbox talks must be supplemented by Activity Briefings delivered by Supervisors

at the point of work, focusing on specific activities, hazards, and controls.
11.3 Health and Safety Personnel Requirements

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure that
competent and sufficient health and safety resources are allocated to ensure effective health
and safety management throughout the duration of the project. The number of health and
safety staff may be determined by legislative requirements and/or risk assessment.
As a minimum, health and safety personnel must be resourced in accordance with the
following criteria:
• Consultants must resource in accordance with contractual and legal requirements.
• Where a consultant looks after multiple sites within the NEOM boundary they must
be sufficiently resourced to ensure compliance with the HSAS.
• Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure the
appropriate completion of all health and safety deliverables at project completion
prior to the demobilization of health and safety resources.
• The number of Contractor health and safety staff must be proportionate to the
number of employees who are present at the site, specifically:
− One full time Health and Safety Manager for the project.
− One Safety Officer is required for each 50 Contractor personnel on site.
Internal
Internal
− One Senior Safety Officer is required if there are 10 or more Safety Officers
(i.e., 500 Contractor personnel) on site.
− Additional health and safety professionals or Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)

may be required in line with the project risk profile.
The required qualifications and experience for health and safety personnel are provided in
Table 4.
Table 4: Required qualifications and experience for health and safety personnel
Professional
Role Qualification Experience Membership
Health and University degree from an At least 15 years’ CMIOSH or

Safety Director accredited university or experience in equivalent (Preferred)
or Senior NEBOSH Diploma or construction (with at
Manager equivalent (NVQ5 / British least 5 years as Health
Safety Council Diploma). and Safety Director or
Senior Manager) and
Auditor training.
Health and NEBOSH General or At least 10 years’ CMIOSH or

Safety Construction Certificate, experience in equivalent (Preferred)
Manager or equivalent. construction (with at
least 3 years as Health
and Safety Manager)
and Auditor training.
Senior Safety NEBOSH General or >5 years’ experience in Member of IOSH, or

Officer Construction Certificate, construction and equivalent
or equivalent. Auditor Training professional body
(desirable).
Safety Officer IOSH Managing Safely, >3 years’ experience in Member of IOSH, or
NEOM Safety Essentials, construction. equivalent
or equivalent. professional body
(desirable)
Safety Secondary school or >2 years’ experience in Member of IOSH, or

Inspector industrial technical construction. equivalent
certificate and a basic / professional body
introductory health and (desirable)
safety qualification.
12 Communication and Engagement

12.1 Health and Safety Communication
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must provide effective
communication to ensure health and safety information is understood. Communication
should consider language, style of delivery, audience, environment and the importance of
motivating recipients to commit to achieve positive health and safety outcomes.
Internal
Internal
Health and safety communication should be both proactive in providing relevant information
and updates, and reactive to address specific problems, or as the result of an incident. The
following factors must be addressed:
• Communications must consider the literacy levels and languages spoken by the
workforce, which may require the provision of translators to communicate
instructions to the workforce.
• The standard of health and safety communication and information required within
the workforce must remain the same regardless of the language spoken.
• The workforce should be kept aware of health and safety-related matters through
safety notice boards, toolbox meetings and daily activity briefings.
• Health and safety information must be disseminated to subcontractors e.g.,

induction training, instructions, health and safety campaigns, lessons from incidents,
etc.
• Regulations, instructions, signage, etc. pertaining to the work must be

communicated in a language understood by the workforce.
• Health and safety staff should be actively involved in communication planning

activities to ensure current and emerging health and safety risks are considered.
• Lookahead meetings should be undertaken in the form of a weekly, monthly, and

quarterly look ahead so planned activities can be properly assessed.
12.2 Health and Safety Consultation
12.2.1 Schedule of Health and Safety Meetings

Table 5: Schedule of Health and Safety Meetings
Meeting /
Communication Frequency Agenda for Health and Safety Owner Attendees
Contractor Pre- Prior to the To communicate health and safety PMC / Employer / PMC /
Mobilization start of requirements and to close out all Delivery DP & Contractor
Meetings works health and safety issues prior to Partner Management
commencement on-site.
Mobilization Ahead of To ensure all health and safety PMC / Employer / PMC /
Meetings / Site site arrangements are in place ahead Delivery DP & Contractor
possession of site possession. Partner Management
Possession
Meetings
Site Health and Weekly To proactively discuss general and PMC / Employer
Safety Meetings site-specific health and safety risks Delivery (invited) / PMC /
and issues and agree relevant Partner DP (Chair) &
actions. Incorporating site visits Contractor
where appropriate. Management
Progress Weekly To discuss current and planned PMC / Employer / PMC /

Meetings site progress and escalate any Delivery DP & Contractor
health and safety items as Partner Management
appropriate.
Internal
Internal
Meeting /
Activity Per Activity • To engage workers in the Contractor PMC / DP /

Briefings planned activity. Contractor
• Ensuring the team are fit Management /
for work. Contractor
operatives
• Identifying and prioritising
the significant hazards
and the associated safe
behaviours.
• Identifying and controlling
additional hazards at the
point of work.
• Ensuring the right tools
and equipment are
available.
• Communicating the
emergency and welfare
arrangements.
Toolbox Talks At least Topic to be determined by Contractor Contractor

weekly Contractor Manager / Supervisor Supervision /
determined by the ongoing Contractor
activities. operatives
Project Health Monthly The meeting will focus on health Contractor Contractor
and Safety and safety program execution Management /
Meeting during the last month and PMC / DP
upcoming (look-ahead) activities. It
will include the following agenda
items as appropriate:
• Matters outstanding from
previous meeting.
• Leading indicators and
metrics
• Incident findings and
emerging trends.
• Inspection and audit
findings.
• Training and awareness
needs
• Individual and team
recognitions / awards.
• Upcoming activities, risks,
and mitigation measures.
Internal
Internal
Meeting /
Region Health Monthly To drive implementation of region NEOM Employer (Chair)/

and Safety health and safety strategy, review PMC / DP
Leadership performance, discuss findings from
Meetings incidents and ensure close out of
actions.
NEOM Projects Monthly Sharing leadership updates and NEOM Health and safety
Health and lessons learned with health and professionals
Safety safety professionals. from NEOM /
Professionals PMCs /
Meeting Contractors
NEOM Projects Monthly Consultation with the health and NEOM Health and
Health and safety leads across NEOM Projects Safety Senior
Safety to provide updates and share Leads from
Leadership learning. NEOM / PMCs
Meeting
NEOM Projects Monthly Updates on NEOM health and NEOM NEOM Projects
Executive safety strategy, key issues, Executive
Safety decisions, and actions, lookahead. Leadership
Leadership
Meeting
NEOM Projects Bi-Annual Updates on NEOM health and NEOM NEOM / PMC /
Health and safety strategy, key challenges, Contractor
Safety culture change and priorities, focus Executive and
Leadership on advocacy. Senior leadership
Forum
12.2.2 Health and Safety Notices and Emails

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors should communicate
health and safety matters proactively through routine notices, e-mails, and input to
newsletters. The focus of these communications is to raise awareness across the workforce
of their responsibilities and communicate changes in health and safety legislation and the
HSAS.
12.2.3 Health and Safety Alerts and Knowledge Shares

NEOM Projects will communicate health and safety alerts and knowledge shares.
Contractors must communicate these alerts and learnings to their teams, including
subcontractors. Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must
validate whether health and safety alerts and knowledge shares are effectively
communicated.
To encourage wider sharing and learning, all Stakeholders are required to share health and
safety alerts and knowledge shares from other projects to enable potential wider distribution
across NEOM Projects.
Internal
Internal
12.2.4 NEOM Campaigns and Forums

NEOM Projects will communicate monthly / quarterly / annual health and safety campaigns
based on the program risk profile, program-wide activities, or emerging areas of concern.
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must support the
implementation of campaigns by effectively communicating the content of the campaign and
developing action plans to encourage change in the required practices and behaviors.
12.3 Consultation
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must establish effective
arrangements for consultation to ensure that relevant health and safety matters are
discussed with the workforce at appropriate times. The methods of consultation should
enable two-way communication and encourage workers to speak up and raise concerns or
suggest improvements to health and safety.
NEOM Projects has established various forums that Project Management Consultants,
Delivery Partner, and Contractors must attend where invited. These forums provide an
opportunity to raise concerns and to enable the cascade of health and safety information
and consider input from every Stakeholder to enable effective decisions. Where decisions
and guidance are required, health and safety items can be escalated to existing forums,
including the NEOM Projects Health and Safety Leadership meeting and NEOM Projects
Executive Safety Leadership meeting.
NEOM has established a schedule of program-wide Senior Leadership Health and Safety
Leadership Tours to enable the Employer to engage directly with project teams and their
workforce. When selected, the Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner or
Contractor are expected to host the tour party and actively participate.
12.4 Health and Safety Co-ordination and Interface Management

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must establish effective
arrangements for cooperation and coordination to ensure health and safety arrangements
are clarified, particularly where a shared duty, responsibility or interface exists. Cooperation
and coordination between Contractors is essential to ensure that health and safety risks are
identified, and consistent application of controls is established and maintained. It also
ensures that where multiple Contractors are operating on site that Stakeholders are aware
of roles and responsibilities.
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors are required to

undertake coordination meetings to address health and safety interface risks and to facilitate
a collaborative approach to project delivery activities and to define procedures for
simultaneous operations.
12.5 Health and Safety Reward and Recognition

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors should embrace
positive reinforcement and develop, implement, and maintain a health and safety reward
and recognition scheme. The design of the reward and recognition scheme should reward
practices and behaviors in line with NEOM’s health and safety vision and values.
Contractors must allocate sufficient budget and resources for the implementation of the
reward and recognition program. Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner and
Contractor leadership should participate in reward and recognition events to demonstrate
leadership visibility and commitment.
Internal
Internal
The Contractor must submit the Health and Safety Reward and Recognition Scheme to the
Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner for approval.
13 Incident Management
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must implement
effective incident reporting and investigation processes to learn lessons and prevent similar
incidents recurring. The reporting of incidents should not be regarded as reporting of
failures, but part of a system to help learn and improve health and safety performance.
All incidents must be recorded and investigated. Reportable incidents must be notified,
reported, and investigated. The investigation must be proportionate to the severity of the
incident and to the level of risk, but as a minimum must follow the requirements in these
HSAS.
13.1.1 Immediate Post Incident Actions

Contractors must ensure that in the event of an incident, the first priorities are ensuring that:
• There is no continuing risk that could harm or further harm anyone, including
persons already injured.
• Appropriate care is provided to injured persons.
After these actions, the scene must be secured to avoid any contamination and to facilitate
investigation, including necessary measures to ensure it is safe for personnel to visit site
and commence the investigation.
13.1.2 Reportable and Recordable Incidents

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must report and / or
record work-related incidents and work-related ill-health.
Reportable incidents are those events that must be communicated to NEOM Projects within
a formal report. Recordable incidents are those events that must be recorded and tracked in
regular metrics reports. All reportable incidents must also be recorded.
Reportable incidents include:

• Fatal Incidents
• High Potential Events
• Lost Time Injury
• Occupational Illnesses/Diseases
• Restricted Work Cases
• Medical Treatment Cases
• First Aid Injuries
• Near Misses that could have led to an incident falling into one of the above
categories.
Internal
Internal
Recordable incidents include:

• Equipment / Property Damage under SAR 5,000,000 without any incident or event
that falls into a Reportable category
• Near Misses that would have been unlikely to lead to an incident falling into one of
the reportable categories
• Unsafe Acts
• Unsafe Conditions.
All Reportable/Recordable incidents must be notified within the time specified in 9.1.5.
13.1.3 Serious Incidents

Serious Incidents are classified as any of the following:
• Fatal Incidents during work activities involving Contractors (including
subcontractors), Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner or NEOM staff.
• High Potential Events (HiPo Events) that had the potential to cause death, serious
injury / illness, or property damage of SAR 5,000,000 or more.
• Lost Time Injuries (LTIs) or ill-health resulting in a person being unable to carry out
normal duties for one or more full workday.
All Reportable / Recordable incidents must be notified within the time specified in Section
13.1.5.
13.1.4 Classification of Incidents

The classification of incidents is important to ensure a consistent approach to incident
management across NEOM Projects (see Table 6).
Table 6: Classification of Health and Safety Incidents
Classification Definition Note

Reportable An incident that must be • All reportable incidents must be
Incident recorded and reported investigated proportionate to the
individually and in regular severity and risk level.
metrics reports. • All reportable incidents are to be
recorded and included in regular
metrics reports.
Recordable An incident that must be • A simpler investigation is appropriate

Incident recorded and tracked in for recordable incidents, proportionate
regular metrics reports. to the severity and risk level.
• The Total Recordable Incident Rate
(TRIR) will be calculated by the total
number of recordable incidents x
200,000, divided by the total hours for
the reporting period.
Internal
Internal

Fatal Incident A work-related incident or • Includes the death of any person(s)
ill-health resulting in the where the work activity contributed to
death of one or more the incident.
persons. • Includes deaths due to ill-health where
direct work-related factors may have
contributed.
• Does not include road traffic accidents
outside of project boundaries.
• Does not include road traffic accidents
on public roads.
• Does not include fatalities caused by
natural causes without any direct
contribution from work-related factors.
• Includes deaths occurring within one
calendar year from the incident, or first
manifestation of ill-health, where direct
work-related factors may have
contributed.
• Does not include suicide.
High Potential An incident that has the • Any event that could have led to a
Event potential to cause death, Fatality, Lost Time Injury, or property
serious injury / illness or damage of SAR 5,000,000 or more.
extensive property • Any event or failure in critical control
damage and these measures relating to hazards defined in
potential consequences the NEOM Projects Eltizam
did not occur. programme:
• Mobile Plant and Equipment
• Driving
• Work on or Near Live Roads
• Breaking Ground and Excavations
• Work at Height
• Lifting
• Confined Spaces
• Fire
• Hot Works
• Energized Systems
• Temporary Works
• Drilling and Blasting
• Working on or Near Water
• Working in the Heat.
Internal
Internal

Lost Time An incident or ill-health • If the cause of the Lost Time Incident is
Injury (LTI) resulting in a person a “Other Serious Incident”, the latter
being unable to carry classification must be used.
work for one or more full • Includes day not normally worked such
workday or shift, not as planned rest days, weekend days,
including the day or first scheduled holidays, public holidays
shift of the incident or and days after cessation of
start of the ill-health. employment.
• The Lost Time Incident Rate (LTIR)
will be calculated by the total number of
lost time incidents x 200,000, divided
by the total hours for the reporting
period.
Restricted An incident or ill-health • Restricted Work Cases are not

Work Case resulting in a person included in the Lost Time Incident Rate
being unable to carry out (LTIR).
his normal work but does
carry out other work.
Occupational An illness of disease that • Includes illness or disease where direct

Illness / has been caused or made work-related factors may have
Diseases worse by work activities, contributed, including:
as diagnosed by a • Occupational dermatitis.
medical Doctor.
• Hand-arm vibration syndrome.
• Occupational asthma.
• Carpal tunnel syndrome.
• Includes any occupational cancer.
• Includes any disease attributed to an
occupational exposure to a biological
agent.
Medical A work-related injury or

Treatment illness that involves
Case medication, treatment, or
medical check that is
administered off-site by a
health-care professional
and goes beyond first aid.
A Medical Treatment
Case does not result in
lost time from work
beyond the date of the
injury.
Internal
Internal

First Aid Case An incident that only
requires First Aid and
does not result in being
unable to carry out
normal work other than
for the time taken to
administer first aid.
Near Miss An incident that has the • No injury or property damage / loss
potential to cause harm or sustained.
property damage / loss • These can be Reportable Near Misses
but not to the same or Recordable Near Misses.
potential as a High
Potential Event.
Unsafe Act An act or behaviour of a

person that could cause
that person or others to
be injured or made ill.
Unsafe A condition in the

condition workplace that could
cause a person to be
injured or made ill or
could cause property
damage.
13.1.5 Notification of Incidents

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure that all
Serious Incidents requiring support from the Emergency Services are notified immediately to
the NEOM Emergency Operations Centre (NEOC).
Contractors are required to notify all Serious Incidents to the Project Management
Consultant or Delivery Partner as soon as possible by the quickest available means
(normally by telephone). The Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner must then
notify such events to the Employer as soon as practicable and within 2 hours of occurrence.
Notification is designed to alert the Employer and it is recognized that only basic information
may be available immediately after an incident. The Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner is responsible for ensuring appropriate and factually correct information is
provided to the Employer.
All Serious Incidents must also be entered onto Enablon within 24 hours of occurrence.
Appendix C provides further guidance on the key notification, reporting and investigation
steps following an incident.
13.1.6 Initial Reporting of Incidents

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure that the
initial report of a Serious Incident is provided within 24 hours of occurrence. Initial reports
are expected to contain the factual information available at the time and are not expected to
Internal
Internal
be detailed accounts of the incident. The template to be used for the initial 24-hour report
across NEOM Projects is provided in NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM02.
13.1.7 Final Reporting of Incidents

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure the final
report of incidents is completed with all relevant supporting evidence and corrective action
plans and entered onto Enablon within 7 calendar days of occurrence. For Fatal Incidents,
this must be completed within 14 calendar days of occurrence, with an interim report within
7 calendar days. In situations where this is not possible (e.g., delays in gathering medical or
police reports and evidence to complete the investigation, requirements for specialist
testing, expert testimony, etc.,), the Employer must be notified, and the investigation and
report entered onto Enablon as soon as possible.
All Contractors’ investigations must be reviewed and verified by the relevant Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner prior to submission to the Employer.
The final investigation report, whether generated by the Contractor or Project Management
Consultant or Delivery Partner, must be approved by a senior leader (e.g., Project Director)
of the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner.
Final investigation reports must be suitable and sufficient as well as proportionate to the
severity of the incident and the level of risk.
13.1.8 Incident Investigation

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure that all
incidents are investigated. The level of investigation must be proportionate to the severity of
incident and the level of risk. NEOM Projects may require a more in-depth investigation
depending on the severity and potential consequences of the incident.
All Fatal Incidents will be subject to independent investigation. This does not diminish in any
way the responsibility of Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner or Contractors
to carry out a thorough investigation.
The Employer’s investigation team must be provided with such evidence, documents,
facilities, or other support that they require from the Contractor, Project Management
Consultant or Delivery Partner.
The level of investigation for HiPo events must be identical to that which would be
undertaken if the HiPo event had resulted in injury / illness or property damage (i.e., a
potentially fatal event must be investigated with the same vigor as an actual fatal event).
The Employer may lead on the investigation of HiPo events, depending on the potential
severity of the event.
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partners and Contractors must ensure they have
sufficient investigation and report-writing capability to investigate competently and provide
reports that are suitable and sufficient. Incident investigators must be trained and
experienced to carry out the level of investigation required and to provide comprehensive
reports. Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must regularly
review their incident investigation capabilities and take action as required to ensure
appropriate capability is maintained.
Internal
Internal
All investigation reports by Contractors must be verified by the Project Management

Consultant or Delivery Partner as being suitable and sufficient before they are entered onto
Enablon.
The Employer may accept or reject any investigation report. Where an investigation report
is rejected by the Employer as not being suitable and sufficient, the report must be revised
to take account of the reasons for the rejection and resubmitted without delay.
For Serious Incidents, an initial report and initial action plan (for immediate actions) must be
provided within 24 hours of the occurrence, and a full report and action plan within 7 days.
For Fatal Incidents, an interim report is required within 7 calendar days and a full report and
action plan within 14 calendar days, unless otherwise agreed with the Employer.
For all Serious Incidents, a health and safety alert and / or knowledge share must be
developed and provided to the Employer for wider distribution and learning. The health and
safety alert must include background on the incident, causes and recommendations to
prevent future recurrence.
13.1.9 Post Incident Actions

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure that each
investigation generates:
• An investigation report that is proportionate to the severity of the incident and the
level of risk and is suitable and sufficient.
• An action plan of SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-

bound) measures which, when taken, should eliminate or reduce the likelihood of
similar incidents occurring.
• A rehabilitation plan for persons affected where relevant, including confirmation from
the Contractor of the payment of any compensation, and details of the lessons
learned from the incident and investigation.
13.1.10 Executive Learning Reviews

NEOM Projects will initiate Executive Learning Reviews (ELR) for all Fatal, HiPo and other
serious incidents (as determined by NEOM Projects) within 4 weeks after occurrence of the
incident.
The composition of the Executive review panel will include:

• Employer’s Chief Projects Officer (for all Fatal Incidents).
• Employer’s Senior Executive Director / Executive Director for the Region.
• Employer’s Project Director.
• Employer’s Executive Director for Projects HSEQ, Enterprise.
• Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner Project Director.
• Any other person(s) required by the Employer.
The purpose of the Executive review will be to ensure that:

• The incident was reported and investigated as required.
• The measures in the action plan were appropriate to prevent recurrence.
Internal
Internal
• The action plan has been / is being actioned.
• The lessons learned have been / are being disseminated across all Regions and,
where appropriate, all Sectors.
• The lessons learned have led / are leading to changes that will generate risk
reduction.
The ELR after its review, may direct further actions as it sees fit.
13.1.11 Reporting and Recording of Observations

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must report health and
safety observations, including unsafe acts or conditions (included within the Eltizam
program) that have the potential to lead to an incident.
Cumulative data from health and safety observations should be analyzed to identify trends
and interventions to address unsafe acts and conditions. Observations of good practice
should also be recorded.
13.1.12 Enablon
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must use Enablon (the
Electronic Reporting Management System for NEOM Projects) for the following reports:
• Weekly and monthly reports.
• Incident and observation reports.
• Inspections.
• Audits and Reviews.
• Action plans from incidents, investigations, inspections, and audits.
• Action trackers from health and safety meetings.
• Other health and safety reports and metrics as requested by NEOM Projects.
14 Emergency and Medical Management

14.1 Emergency Planning
Contractors must develop and submit an Emergency Response Plan (ERP) to the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner. The Contractor’s ERP can be a stand-alone
document or included in the Health and Safety Plan. Specific plans may also be developed
to address specific areas (e.g., Medical Emergency Response Plan). The ERP requires:
• Procedures for injury, fire, spill response, rescue from heights and other relevant
emergency responses.
• Actions staff must take in the event of an emergency.
• Key personnel involved in the implementation of the emergency arrangements in

the event of the activation of the ERP.
• Escalation procedures including notification and coordination requirements with

respect to emergency responses.
Internal
Internal
• Areas demarcated for the evacuation assembly area and areas assigned as
Assembly Points.
• Awareness training that all workforce (including subcontractors) and visitors must
undertake.
• Location of drawings and plans that indicate emergency routes and equipment.
The ERP must comply with local legislative requirements and be compatible with NEOM
Projects emergency management procedures and requirements for first aid and emergency
medical treatment. Contractors must undertake the following measures to support the
effective implementation of the ERP:
• Conduct emergency response drills (including, but not limited to, fire, rescue, and
spill drills) to test the effectiveness of emergency procedures and equipment, and
the knowledge and proficiency of all response personnel. These drills must be
conducted on no less than a six-month periodic basis, or as directed by NEOM
Projects.
• Report the results of emergency response drills to NEOM Projects when requested
and ensure any lessons learned are implemented.
14.2 Contractor First Aid and Medical Arrangements

Contractors must operate fully resourced medical emergency facilities in compliance to the
requirements set in Chapter 8 of KSA Labor Law, Article 142, 143 and 144, Ministry of
Human Resources and Social Development (MHRSD) and Ministry of Health (MoH).
Medical facilities must be capable of treating and stabilizing medical emergencies at site,
camp, or offices before onward transport to local hospitals.
Medical facilities should be capable of providing triage, advanced life support care, and
advanced support level care during patient transfers to a higher level of care facility.
14.2.1 First Aid and Medical Staff Qualification Requirements

Contractors must ensure all non-medical personnel who undertake first aid training are
certified by a competent authority.
All medical staff including but not limited to Doctors, Registered Nurses and Paramedics
must have a license from their country of origin, have at least three years of experience in
providing medical care at or on construction sites, and must obtain a license from the KSA
Ministry of Health. All medical staff must be registered and approved in accordance with any
local regulatory requirements.
All Doctors, Registered Nurses and Paramedics must have job a description that clearly
states essential job requirements, job duties, job responsibilities, and skills required to
perform the specific role. Paramedics are to be current and certified in Advanced Life
Support protocols.
All health care professionals are to be advanced life support certified and current in their
practice. All health care professionals not working under the direct supervision of a medical
doctor, are to have written clinical practice protocols as per the MOH guidelines. All health
care professionals not working under the direct supervision of a medical doctor, are to have
written protocols pertaining to the dispensing of medications that align with MOH guidelines
and scope of clinical practice.
Internal
Internal
14.2.2 First Aid Room and Medical Emergency Response Requirements

Contractors must have a documented process for responding to any medical emergencies
(including mass casualty events) and ensure competent personnel are trained in the
emergency response process. Contractors must ensure that first-aid trained personnel are
available at all times to support timely medical emergency response. A health care
professional is to be available at all times in the medical facility.
A site first aid room must be established and comply with the following:
• Built and maintained to KSA Ministry of Health Standards, Built and maintained to
KSA Ministry of Health Standards, including but not limited to infection control
requirements and medical record compliance.
• Established, in or adjacent to the construction site where the distance between it

and the farthest place of work should not be more than 200 meters, unless a means
of rapid transportation is available.
• Have signage placed outside the facility clearly indicating that the building is a
medical facility. Signage should be placed in various places on the work site to act
as a guide to the location of the facility.
• Be equipped to contain the contents as listed in Ministry of Human Resources and

Social Development (MHRSD) requirements to allow any first aiders, site nurses /
doctors to administer the necessary first aid as per their scope of practice.
• Have the contents inspected and monitored to maintain required levels by a

competent person on a minimum weekly basis.
Certified First aiders are expected to respond to any incidents during construction as per the
emergency response plan. Any injured or ill person is to be referred to the medical facility for
further care and assessment.
Contractors must provide Automated external defibrillators (AED) and place in areas, so
they are easily accessible to ensure a response time within 3 to 5 minutes at any work
location. Contractors must ensure a sufficient number of persons trained in the use of AEDs.
Each AED is required, at a minimum to have one spare battery and two spare sets of
defibrillator pads.
Contractors must provide an ambulance that meets Ministry of Health requirements and be
manned by two advanced life support certified paramedics with the required training for
every 500 workers on site as stipulated in table 10.2.2 as per MHRSD requirements.
Ambulances are to utilize defibrillators that are capable of ensuring non-invasive continuous
blood pressure monitoring, pulse rate, heart rate, oxygen saturations and 3 lead ECG. All
ambulances are to have defibrillators capable of performing ECG, blood pressure, oxygen
saturations (e.g., lifepack 15 or Zoll).
First aid information must be displayed in welfare locations and on notice boards and
include the location, distance, and directions to the nearest hospital as well as those trained
in first aid, including names and contact details.
Contractors must undertake a first aid risk assessment to identify hazards and any special
equipment required. Special first aid equipment required to deal with particular hazards must
be stored in or near the first aid room. The first aid room must be used for treating injury and
ill health cases only. It must not be used as an office space to store materials, or for any
other purpose.
Internal
Internal
First aid and medical resources must be identified by risk assessment. The minimum levels
of resources per shift are given in Table 7.
Table 7: Minimum First Aid and Medical Requirements
No Employees at Full Time

First Aid Room Ambulance Paramedic
Establishment Nurse
Less than 50 - 1 1 2
50-249 1 1 1 2
250-500 2 1 1 2
501-1000 3 1 2 4
1001-1500 4 1 3 6
14.3 Injury Management

Contractors must establish and maintain an Injury / Illness Management Plan, approved by
the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner, to ensure effective management
and care of any work-related injury or illness that may occur. As per KSA Labor Law it is
mandatory for Employers to provide their workers with health insurance which is necessary
for workers to access medical treatment.
The Injury / Illness Management Plan must contain as a minimum:

• Details of an agreement or arrangement with a registered occupational medical
practitioner in the area / region where construction work will be performed.
• The insurance policy with a licensed health insurance provider covering workplace
injuries, disorders, and diseases for all employees.
• A process for notifying the Injury / Illness Management Coordinator when an injury /
illness occurs in the workplace.
• A process for entering all work-related injuries or illness into the General
Organization for Social Insurance (GOSI) system.
• A description of the process that will be followed to ensure employees that may be
injured or ill during work receive proper medical care.
• Description and detail on the return to work/rehabilitation program for management

of work-related injuries / illnesses, in line with medical advice including allocation of
suitable duties were required.
• Work capabilities are to include at a minimum the following: number of hours the
employee is able to work a day, description of tasks they will be able to perform that
are in line with the advice of the medical doctor.
Contractors must nominate an appropriate person as the Injury / Illness Management

Coordinator to implement the Injury / Illness Management Plan and they must receive
appropriate training to perform their role.
14.4 Fitness for Work and Medical Surveillance

Contractors must ensure all employees (including sub-contractors) have completed a pre-
employment medical prior to commencing work and an annual health check. Proof of this is
Internal
Internal
to be kept at site for immediate access at all times. The Contractor is responsible for
managing medical restrictions that may be placed on an employee. All employees with a
medical restriction must be included on a register.
Additional to the standard pre-employment medical, all drivers and plant operators are
required to be tested prior to commencing work for:
• Epilepsy
• Vision, including colour-blindness and night vision
• Use of chronic medication that could affect performance
• Any other medical condition deemed a risk by the occupational medical practitioner.
Additional to the standard pre-employment medical, all employees that are required to work
at height are required to be tested prior to commencing work for:
• Blood pressure
• Epilepsy
• Any other medical condition that may affect their ability to work at height.
As per KSA Labor Law, Contractors must conduct a full medical surveillance examination for
workers who are exposed to one of the occupational diseases included within the Saudi
Social Insurance Law with minimum frequency of once a year.
Electronic medical records are the preferred method for completing medical records. There
should be a written procedure guiding the minimum content of a medical record, the release
of medical information, and medical records archiving that aligns with MOH guidelines.
15 Record Keeping
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must maintain and
periodically update health and safety information to ensure compliance with these HSAS.
Whilst the order or format for health and safety record keeping is not fixed, files must be
easily retrievable. The list below is indicative only and additional information may be
requested, particularly during audits and incident investigations.
• Health and Safety Management:
− Health and Safety Policy
− Health and Safety Plan(s), including plans related to managing specific risks
− Health and Safety Personnel CVs
− Employer’s Liability and Workmen’s Compensation Insurance Certificates
− Occupational Health Records
− Emergency Response Plan
− Continual Improvement Plan.
• Safe Systems of Work:
Internal
Internal
− Health and safety risk assessments, including specific risk assessments (e.g.,
work at height, lifting operations, confined space entry, etc.)
− Temporary work registers and certificates
− Permit to work registers and records
− Lifting plans.
• Training and Competency:
− Training matrix, records, plans, registers, and certificates.
• Plant and Equipment:
− Plant and Equipment Examination/Inspection Records
− Lifting equipment inspection records and third-party test certificates
− Portable Appliance Testing test records.
• Incident Management:
− Register of events
− Incident investigation reports.
• Consultation and Communication:
− Toolbox Talk Records
− Records of Daily Activity Briefings
− Minutes from health and safety meetings
− Health and safety alerts
− General health and safety correspondence.
• Performance Review:
− Reports from monitoring activities
− Inspection Reports
− Audit Reports.
16 Significant Hazards and Behaviors

NEOM is committed to ensuring that everyone returns home from work each day in a safe
and healthy condition. A key aspect of this commitment is NEOM’s ongoing focus on the
management of significant health and safety risks. Although this section focuses on
significant hazards, it should be emphasized that all hazards must be appropriately
identified, assessed, and managed.
NEOM Projects has identified 14 significant health and safety hazards within the Eltizam
program that are applicable to the construction phase of NEOM, supported by key behaviors
applicable to each hazard.
Internal
Internal
Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must support the
implementation of the Eltizam program and ensure that the significant hazards shown in
Figure 3 are given particular attention.
Figure 3: Hazards to be given particular attention
Internal
Internal
17 Mobile Plant and Equipment

17.1 Critical Controls
Contractors must implement plans and arrangements which ensure the following critical
controls from the NEOM Projects Eltizam program are always observed:
• I will only operate mobile plant and equipment if I am trained and authorized.
• I will only operate mobile plant and equipment if it is safe, in good condition and for
its intended use.
• I will only operate mobile plant and equipment if I have walked around to check for
people or hazards in close proximity.
• I will stop operating if I see people failing to maintain a safe distance.
• I will keep a safe distance from mobile plant and equipment and use pedestrian
walkways.
• I will not sleep or rest under or near mobile plant and equipment.
• I will only operate plant and equipment if I have 360-degree visibility.
• I will always wear a seat belt when operating plant and equipment.
Contractors must ensure that any plant or equipment used is fit-for-purpose. Specifically,
this must include:
• Correct plant and equipment for the task is selected and maintained.
• Records of inspections and maintenance including any certification must be

available locally and easily accessible by those using the equipment. Equipment
must be marked with basic details of in date certification.
• The design of any supporting structure, including existing structures, loading bays,
hoist ties, and tower crane grillages must have evidence of a check by a competent
person.
• Operative training and competency usually in the form of relevant accredited

training provider cards must be available. Contractors should also attend NEOM
Projects Making Safe Choices training programme.
• No plant maintenance facility is permitted to be constructed on any NEOM site

without prior approval of the Project Management Consultant, Delivery Partner, and
the Employer.
• Plant, equipment, and vehicles intended for deployment/use should not be older
than 15 years.
• Plant, equipment, and vehicles older than 15 years must undergo a full
manufacturer testing and certification process (including NDT testing).
Table 8 identifies the key safety issues for Contractor compliance.
Internal
Internal
Table 8: Plant and Equipment – Key Health and Safety Considerations
Typical Plant and

Equipment Key Health Safety Considerations
Lifting Equipment Compliance with BS7121 – Part 1 – The Safe Use of Cranes
(Cranes, Piling Rigs, Hi- The appointed person will be responsible for the following:
abs, Excavators used
• Plan crane lifting operations and ensure adequate control
for lifting operations)
of crane lifting operations.
• Coordinate with other appointed Crane Coordinators
where required.
• Provide Lifting Operations Plan and method statements
for crane lifting operations.
• Allocate adequate competent resources to ensure control
of lifting operations.
• Plan temporary works (outrigger loadings / positions, etc.)
• Provide and implement statutory tests /
examinations/inspections regime.
• Implement Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 2 Anti-Collision
systems for Tower Cranes.
Other Lifting Equipment The appointed person will be responsible for the following:
(other than cranes) • Plan lifting operations and ensure adequate control of
Hoists, Winches, Mobile lifting operations using lifting equipment (other than
Elevating Work cranes).
Platforms, Cradles, Mast
• Provide a Lift Plan for control of lifting operations.
Climbers
• Allocate adequate and competent resources to ensure
control of lifting operations.
• Plan temporary works (where necessary).
• Provide and implement statutory tests /
examinations/inspections regime.
Mobile Concrete Pumps • Set-up checklists in place.

• Solid platform capable of taking outrigger loadings.
• Good access for concrete delivery vehicles minimizing
reversing and reducing pinch points for banksman.
• Trained and competent operators.
• Pump lines regularly checked and inspected for damage.
• Safe methodologies to be in place for pipe cleaning in situ
e.g., catch pots or skips.
Contractors must ensure that plant, equipment (and vehicles), including subcontractor plant
and equipment meets the following requirements:
• All items of mobile plant must be capable of 360-degree vision or fitted with 360-
degree visibility aids so that the driver can see a one-meter-high object, one meter
from all sides of the vehicle. Curtains or cardboard that can restrict vision must not
be in place.
Internal
Internal
• All items of mobile plant that operate in potentially close proximity to workers should
be fitted with a proximity warning alarm system (PWAS) which meets the following
minimum performance specification:
− 360-degree area coverage
− Suitable detection range (can be varied depending on environment / task, etc.)
− Equipment assigned tag
− In cab audible and visual alarm
− In cab monitor (screen)
− Employee assigned tags or wearable device
− Front and rear cameras, 120-degree angle and night vision / low light capability.
• Where practical, other site-based vehicles such as bowsers (water tankers),

concrete wagons, buses and site transport vehicles must have 360-degree visibility
aids fitted.
• No unauthorized persons must be allowed to work within three meters of an

operating machine or under any load or part of an operating machine at any time.
Any exceptions must be covered by a detailed risk assessment.
• All earth moving machine operators must have evidence of their training on how to
operate the specific machines and quick hitch system.
• Contractors must ensure that all mobile plant and vehicles are manufactured and
maintained to internationally recognized standards.
• Contractors must ensure that mobile plant, vehicles, and powered access
equipment are supplied with the parts and fittings approved by the manufacturer.
Unapproved or untested parts and fittings must be prohibited.
• Mobile plant and vehicles used on-site must be fitted with working lights, horns,
reverse alarms, and amber flashing beacons. Risk assessments must consider
plant / pedestrian segregation and banksmen must only be provided where
necessary and where possible physically segregated from equipment.
• All plant and equipment deployed to the site must undergo an initial inspection after
transport and prior to first use on-site.
• Operators must only use designed safe means of access to the vehicle cab
(ladders, steps, stairs etc.).
• The operator must not remain in any vehicle while it is being loaded. Equipment
should have manufacturer installed protective structures and cabins where
available.
• Noise produced by powerful plants must be reduced at the source to a minimum.

Persons performing work in proximity to noisy plant must wear hearing protection,
and, where applicable, protective clothing.
• Logistic risks from plant and equipment must be managed, e.g., speed limits, traffic
safety systems etc.
Internal
Internal
• Crossing points on walkways should be protected with a gate or similar control to

prevent persons walking directly into the road.
• Passengers must not be carried on items of plant except where the equipment has
a manufacturer’s fitted passenger seat.
• Engines must be switched off and keys removed when plant is not in use or left
unattended.
• Tracked equipment will not be allowed on-site access roads and asphalt roads
without appropriate protection measures.
• Where the risk of rollover and falling objects is present, all mobile plant and
equipment must be fitted with manufacturer approved Roll Over Protections
Systems and Falling Object Protections Systems and seat belts.
• All enclosed cabs must be fitted with fully functioning air conditioning units.
• All mobile plant must carry a fully functional fire extinguisher.
• Fuel and oil spillages must be reported and cleaned up as soon as practicably
possible.
• All mobile plant and vehicles in use must have daily user inspections and weekly
inspections, which are recorded.
• Contractors must establish, implement, and document a maintenance schedule for

all mobile plant and vehicles.
• Routine maintenance and repairs may be carried out by an in-house plant

department. Records must be maintained. Only manufacturer approved spare parts
must be used.
• Contractor’s equipment deployed must be provided with an equipment tag system

managed by the Contractor showing details of inspection and maintenance and
details of the owner and unique identifier. This tag must never be removed while the
plant or equipment is on the site.
17.2 3rd Party Training, Licensing, and Certification

Contractors must ensure compliance with operator training / certification and license
requirements, as well as the inspection / certification and licensing requirements for mobile
plant and vehicles described in Table 9. Contractors must verify the equipment and operator
certification and must not permit any operations that do not meet these requirements.
Definitions:
• Assessment: Service / inspection of vehicle by an accredited 3rd party for
registration purposes. A competent in-house plant department may carry out this
assessment where no national registration is required.
• Examination: Visual inspection by a competent and accredited 3rd party.
• Test: Test by competent 3rd party.
Internal
Internal
• Driving License: All mobile (wheeled) plant and equipment must have a valid
relevant national driver’s license (Heavy Vehicle) where the plant and/or equipment
is required to cross/access public roads.
Table 9: Plant and Equipment – Training, Licensing, and Certification Requirements
Plant/Equipment Requirements
Tipper Truck
Operator Requirements
Training:
• Relevant National Driving License
Records:
• Plant Check Sheet (Daily – Operator)
• Pre-mobilization Form (Plant / Project).
Vehicle Requirements
Insurance/Registration: Required
Maintenance: Maintenance Records to be as per the
manufacturer’s requirements / manual
Additional Requirements
• When tipping ensure that the ground conditions are
firm and level.
• No tipping permitted on excessive slopes in any
direction. Tipping operations cannot take place during
high winds.
• Competent Banksman to be available as required.
Loads must be evenly distributed in the skip.
• Under no circumstances are tippers to be overloaded.
• The tractor unit and the unit of the tipper must be lined
up prior to tipping activities.
• The unit of the tipper must be lowered as soon as the
tipping operation is complete.
• Particular attention to the removal of covers /
tarpaulins on the skip units.
Auxiliary Device Requirements • Persons not permitted to access the skip without
• Flashing Beacon adequate fall protection / prevention.
• Mirrors (360 vision) • Tires also to be inflated to the correct pressure plus fit
• Reversing Alarm and Cameras for use.
• Trip sheets to be sampled to ensure the operators are
not ‘’overdriving’’.
Internal
Internal
Site Dumpers
Training:
• Third Party Certification
• Relevant National Driving license
Responsibilities: Plant Check Sheet (Daily)
Inspection/Certification: Maintenance Records to be as per the
manufacturer’s requirements/manual.
Additional Requirements/Information
• Ensure only competent persons are permitted to
operate.
• Carrying passengers on site dumpers is not permitted.
• Care to be taken when carrying spoil in the skip.
• Spoil must never exceed the height of the skip – loads
must not adversely restrict vision.
• Roll over protection / seat belt mandatory on all site
dumpers.
• Drivers to get off the vehicle when it is being loaded.
• Vehicles not to be loaded on a slope.
• Particular attention required in relation to speed limits /
Auxiliary Device Requirements
people and plant plus driving on excessive gradients.
• Flashing Beacon
• The engine must be turned off when the driver has
• Movement Alarm dismounted from the vehicle.
• Rollover protection ROP • Drivers must be aware how to reduce the risks when
using the starting handle and prevent unintended
movement of the vehicle during the starting procedure.
Internal
Internal
Compactor/Roller
Training:
• Relevant National Driving License
Inspection/Certification:
• Maintenance Records to be as per the manufacturer’s
requirements / manual
• 3rd Party Certificate
• Rollers can include both steel / pneumatic wheeled
rollers and vibrating rollers, towed or pedestrian.
• Driver must always check the way is clear of objects
• Flashing Beacon and other persons.
• PWAS • Rollers spend 50% of their time reversing so drivers
• Mirrors / Camera (360 vision) must look to the rear when reversing.
• Movement Alarm • Coasting a roller down an incline is not permitted.
• ROP / FOP • If not possible to park on level ground the wheels must
be chocked plus handbrake applied.
Internal
Internal
Articulated Dump Truck
Training:
• (Ear Protection)
• When tipping ensure that the ground conditions are
firm and level.
• No tipping permitted on excessive slopes in any
direction.
• Under no circumstances are tippers to be overloaded.
• The tractor unit and the unit of the tipper must be lined
up prior to tipping activities.
• The unit of the tipper must be lowered as soon as the
tipping operation is complete.
• Flashing Beacon
• Persons not permitted to access the skip without
• Mirrors / Camera (360 vision) adequate fall protection / prevention.
• Movement Alarm and reversing • Tires also to be inflated to the correct pressure plus fit
cameras for use.
• Speed limits to be adhered to on the project.
Internal
Internal
Dozer
Training:
• Third Party Certification for operating the unit.
• A dozer spends a high amount of time reversing.
• Being noisy, bulky in operation with restricted vision
this calls for the strictest control and supervision of
Auxiliary Device Requirements both the machine and nearby site activities.
• Flashing Beacon • They are designed to work on slopes but work on wet,
• PWAS rocky, or frozen gradients can prove hazardous.
• Mirrors / Camera (360 vision) • When travelling, the dozer operator must ensure that
the dozer blade is kept at its lowest possible position to
• Movement Alarm
allow maximum operator vision.
Internal
Internal
Mobile Concrete Boom
Training:
• Pumps must be maintained and checked prior to use.
• They must be sited for safe access plus particular care
in cast the boom is close to overhead electric cables or
other obstructions.
• Units must be on firm level ground. Sharp bends / kinks
in the hoses to be avoided.
• All couplings / adapters including fixing pins must be
checked prior to pumping starts.
• Where required, pump lines can be secured against
• Flashing Beacon
movement – scaffold / falsework should not be used
• Mirrors / unless designed.
• Movement Alarm • Effective communication is also critical.
• All covers / acoustic panels on the pump to be closed.
• Pump receiving hoppers to be guarded.
• Compressed air should not be used to clean pump
lines or to release blockages.
• Cage to be used to contain the ejected ball.
Internal
Internal
Grader/Scraper
Training:
Responsibilities:
• Plant Check Sheet (Daily – Operator)
• Pre-mobilization Form (Plant / Project).
Inspection/Certification: Maintenance Records to be as per the
manufacturer’s requirements / manual
3rd Party Certificate
• Many graders are provided with front wheel lean,
articulated steering, or wheel offset steering.
Auxiliary Device Requirements • These facilities should be used with caution on sloping
• Flashing Beacon ground and near excavation edges.
• PWAS • When scarifying across a slope, the blade should be
• Mirrors / Camera (360 vision) positioned across the machine to provide some
protection against tipping.
• Movement Alarm
Loading Shovel
Training:
requirements / manual.
• It is essential that the wheels are in good condition and
correctly inflated.
• The bucket should be carried low when travelling,
Auxiliary Device Requirements when climbing steep includes with a full bucket, travel
• Flashing Beacon should be made with the bucket leading.
• PWAS • Harsh breaking should be avoided.
Internal
Internal
• Mirrors / Camera (360 vision) • Loading shovels spend almost 50% of their time
• Movement Alarm reversing.
• Operators must look to the rear before and during the
reversing of the machine.
Bobcat
Training:
• It is essential that the wheels are in good condition and
correctly inflated.
Auxiliary Device Requirements • When travelling, no visual restrictions such as
• Flashing Beacon ‘’cardboard or curtains’’ to be placed on the grill of the
• PWAS loader.
• Mirrors/Camera (360 vision) • Particular care to be taken when reversing.
• Movement Alarm
Internal
Internal
Excavator
Training:
• When travelling, no visual restrictions such as
“cardboard or curtains” to be placed inside the cabin.
Auxiliary Device Requirements • 360-degree vision to be maintained at all times and
• Flashing Beacon plant and people segregation to be enforced within 360
• PWAS degrees of the swing radius of the boom.
• Mirrors/Camera (360 vision) • All activities involving excavators to be risk assessed

and adequate controls put in place.
• Movement Alarm
Internal
Internal
17.3 Static Plant and Equipment

Table 10: Plant and Equipment – Training, Licensing, and Certification Requirements
Compressor / Air Receivers / Pneumatic Tools
Competent Person Requirements
Persons to be trained to use pneumatic tools and where

identified, third party required.
Maintenance Requirements
As per the manufacturers requirements / manual
• V belt and pulley drive is adequately guarded.
• The air receiver is clearly marked with its safe
working pressure.
• The air receiver is fitted with a safety valve, pressure
gauge.
• Adequate PPE is worn, with particular attention to
eyes / hearing.
Responsibilities • The joints in any lines are made with purpose-made

connections. All connections must be properly
Plant Manager or appointed person to
clamped. Safety devices such as whip checks to be
ensure maintenance is managed plus
in place and a double lock coupler.
records maintained. Supervisors to
ensure persons are competent to use air • All hoses to be the right size for the tool.
receivers, pneumatic tools etc. • All tools should be held firmly.
Internal
Internal
Cement/Concrete Mixers
Persons operating mixer to receive detailed prestart briefing

from their supervisor. Operators must be competent
As per the manufacturers requirements / manual.
• Mixer to be cited on firm / level ground.
• Provision in place to facilitate the delivery of
materials to the workplace.
• Set up should be positioned to allow sufficient
ventilation and if not practical, an exhaust extractor
system to be used.
• Exhaust should be shielded on diesel / petrol engine
mixers.
Responsibilities • Mixer should never be stopped when materials are
inside.
ensure maintenance is managed plus • Mixer not to be loaded above the SWL.
records maintained. • Adequate PPE is worn – eyes / hearing / gloves etc.
• Cover lid to be closed at all times whilst the mixer is
operational.
Bar Bending / Cropping Machines
Only to be used by trained persons. Pictures to be displayed

at cutting / bending areas.
• To be used only as recommended by the
manufacturer; no attempt must be made to exceed
stated maximum capacities.
• To be fixed at a suitable height to ensure ease of
operation and reduce the risk of strain or injury to the
competent operator.
• Firmly mounted on a substantial base to ensure
Responsibilities stability.
Plant Manager or appointed person to • Ensure that the area around the equipment is
ensure maintenance is managed plus maintained with clear access / egress.
records maintained. • Must be located at a safe distance from other site
personnel.
Internal
Internal
• Kept clean and lightly lubricated.
• There must be an easily accessible control or knock
off switch to bring the equipment to a stop in a safe
manner.
Vibrating / Wacker Compactor Plates
Only to be used by trained persons
• Vibrator – Two persons required to lift ‘’normally’’.
• No refuelling unless the engine is stopped.
• Awareness of ventilation at all times.
• Ear defenders to be worn by the operator and those
in close vicinity.
• As with all vibratory tools – operators should be
provided with information on the effects of vibration
and how to minimise the risks.
Responsibilities • Wacker – Trainees to be closely supervised as the
Plant Manager or appointed person to wacker plate requires considerable co-ordination
ensure maintenance is managed plus skull to control it without both operator and wacker
records maintained. falling over.
Power Float
Only to be used by trained persons.
• Ensure that when the power float is being lifting into
position by a crane that it is secured and the lifting
plan on the project covers the activity.
• The power float requires considerable coordination /
skill to control it. Trainees must be supervised using
the power float.
• Stay away from rotating parts when the float is in
operation.
Responsibilities
Internal
Internal
Plant Manager or appointed person to • Never put your foot on the stabiliser ring. When
ensure maintenance is managed plus working ensure there is solid footing so control /
records maintained. steering can be maintained.
• Prior to using the machine, test the safety cut off
switch. The switch stops the machine when the
operating handle is released.
• No refuelling unless the engine is stopped.
• Only refuel once the engine has cooled down.
• Be extremely careful when operating the power float
near reinforcing steel, pipes walls and leading edges.
Finish these areas with a hand trowel.
Bench Saw
Only to be used by trained / Competent persons.
• Long / loose clothing / hair to be maintained.
• PPE must be worn – eye protection / ear defenders
for the person operating plus those in the vicinity.
• Pictures to be displayed of those trained to operate
the bench saw.
• Ensure all guards are in place – in particular the risk
of kick back of the workpiece should be reduced by
the provision and use of a properly designed and
well-adjusted riving knife. The knife should be:
− Securely fixed below the machine table
− Be positioned directly behind and in line with the saw
blade
− Be shaped so that the inner edge of the riving knife
follows as closely as practical to the contours of the
largest saw blade that is designed to be used on the
machine.
− Be kept adjusted so that it is as close as practicable
Responsibilities to the saw blade and in particular is within 8mm from
Plant Manager or appointed person to the blade at table level.
ensure maintenance is managed plus • There must be an easily accessible control or knock
records maintained. off switch to bring the equipment to a stop in a safe
manner.
Internal
Internal
Brick / Clock Saws
Only to be used by trained persons.
• The saw should be positioned on a firm, level, and
flat surface.
• Cutting operations should be in a barriered off safety
zone to prevent others being at risk from the saw
and provide the operative (who cannot hear other
work operations) with protection from others.
• The operative must be suitable trained, and his
picture displayed in the area.
• Housekeeping is critical to prevent trip hazard whilst
carrying blocks.
• Ear defender MUST be worn by both the operator
and those in the vicinity.
• Appropriate eye protection also required.
• Hands to be kept away from the revolving blade
during the cutting operation.
• Particular attention to dust levels, both in the working
area / zone and the vicinity.
• Water or other forms of dampening to be utilised to
Responsibilities ensure the blade does not overheat plus the dust is
reduced.
ensure maintenance is managed plus • Consideration to be taken at all times as to how the
records maintained. saw will be moved between areas. Also – saw should
be positioned
17.4 Exclusion Zones

Contractors must establish and maintain exclusion zones to prevent persons from being
struck by mobile plant and equipment. The use of robust exclusion zones must be
considered as part of the planning process and when used, monitored to ensure their
effectiveness.
Where possible robust physical barriers must be used to form exclusion zones. The height
and construction of the barriers must be determined according to the risk and the need to
restrict persons from the hazard. Warning signage must be posted at regular intervals along
the exclusion perimeter zone.
Exclusion zones must consider the protection of any banksman should they be present, i.e.,
physical segregation must be in place between equipment and operatives wherever
practicable. The use of flagmen must be avoided unless, subject to a suitable and sufficient
Internal
Internal
risk assessment, their use is considered essential. If flagmen are used, they must be
protected by suitable physical barriers that segregate them from moving mobile plant and
equipment. Contractors are encouraged to register flagmen on the Ground Traffic Controller
training provided free of charge by NEOM Projects.
17.5 Veri-Fi
Contractors must support deployment of NEOM’s Veri-fi program and associated initiatives.
Veri-fi was established to support Contractors in ensuring that all mobile plant and
equipment used across NEOM Project is in safe working / operating condition.
The Veri-fi program ensures that each vehicle / mobile plant / equipment is provided with a
Digitally Verifiable Signature (DVS) as follows:
• Represented by a simple QR Code.
• DVS secure which cannot be copied or duplicated.
• Unique QR Codes to quickly scan for vehicle records.
• Integrated with physical sticker creation.
• DVS linked to a single vehicle, preventing switching of stickers.
Each vehicle / mobile plant / equipment must be inspected during pre-mobilization prior to
being used on NEOM Projects. The inspection frequency will be every 3 months (quarterly)
as a minimum. Vehicles / mobile plant / equipment will be categorized as follows:
• Green – Eligible: The Vehicle has passed the Veri-fi Inspection and is deemed fit to
enter NEOM Projects.
• Amber – Minor issues detected: These need to be addressed within 7 days. Failure
to do so will result in the vehicle classification being upgraded to red.
• Red – Not Eligible: The vehicle is not permitted to enter any NEOM Projects Site
until rectification of issues has been completed.
• Black – Blacklisted: The vehicle is blacklisted and banned from access to any
NEOM Projects site.
18 Driving
controls from the NEOM Projects Eltizam program are observed at all times:
• I will only operate a vehicle if I have the correct license.
• I will not drive under the influence of medication, drugs, or alcohol.
• I will not drive with an unsecure load.
• I will always wear a seatbelt when driving and ensure that passengers do the same.
• I will not use a mobile phone or any other type of handheld device when driving.
• I will obey signs and signals and not exceed speed limits.
Internal
Internal
• I will follow designated routes and not take short cuts.
• I will regularly inspect and maintain my vehicle.
18.2 General Requirements

Contractors must implement effective processes to manage the risks associated with
occupational road risk. Contractors must carry out a risk assessment to identify the risks
associated with driving activities and implement appropriate precautions and ensure these
measures are maintained. The risk assessment must consider the following three factors:
the driver, the vehicle, and the journey.
• The Driver
− Drivers must be competent and capable of doing their work in a way that is safe
for them and other road users.
− Drivers must be properly trained and licensed.
− Drivers must be provided clear instructions about how to keep themselves safe
while on the road.
− Drivers must be sufficiently fit and healthy to drive safely and not put
themselves or others at risk.
• The Vehicle
− Vehicles must be fit for the purpose for which there are used.
− Vehicles must be inspected and maintained in a safe and fit condition.
• The Journey
− Journey routes must be planned effectively.
− Work schedules must be realistic, with sufficient time provided to complete the
journey safely.
− Journey planning must take into account poor weather conditions, such as
storms or high winds.
18.3 Training for Drivers

Contractors must implement defensive driving training programs to enhance the awareness
and competency of drivers. Defensive driver training should address the following:
• Project driving rules and regulations.
• Driver responsibilities.
• KSA country requirements, warnings, and precautions.
• Specific driving hazards (night driving, off-road driving, bicycles, visibility / dust, foul
weather, wildlife, domestic animals, pedestrians).
• Causes of accidents (fatigue and drowsiness, aggressive driving, substance abuse,

driver behaviors).
Internal
Internal
• Risk awareness and selecting off-project routes (time of day / night, avoiding
congested areas / times).
• Vehicle familiarization and operation.
• Vehicle inspection and maintenance.
• Reporting of vehicle problems and defects.
• Review of vehicle safety equipment.
• Restrictions on use of mobile phones and other two-way communication devices

while driving any vehicle.
• Emergencies and accident notification and reporting.
18.4 Information for Drivers

Contractors must provide information to drivers delivering or removing goods or materials.
Communication must be delivered in a language and format that the driver can understand,
with records maintained of any briefing or training.
18.5 Site Driving Rules

Projects Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure all
employees set a personal example for health and safety and comply with road safety rules
and regulations, including:
• Obey all signs and signals, and do not exceed speed limits.
• Wear seats belts and ensure passengers do the same.
• Do not use mobile phones, or other handheld devices, while driving.
• Follow designated routes and do not take short cuts.
• Do not overtake other vehicles unless safe to do so.
• Use indicators to signal driving maneuvers.
• Keep a safe distance from other vehicles and avoid tailgating.
• Reverse parking of vehicles at all times.
Projects Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must implement

processes to monitor driving behaviors and ensure that appropriate consequences
(including disciplinary action for serious or repeated violations) are implemented to address
unsafe driving behaviors.
19 Working on or Near Live Roads

• I will ensure I am aware of all precautions in the risk assessment when working on
or near live roads.
Internal
Internal
• I will not work outside a specific work zone when working on or near live roads.
• I will only cross a live carriageway by foot at controlled crossing points.
• I will maintain a clear line of site with oncoming traffic.
• I will not change temporary traffic management arrangements unless I am trained

and authorized.
• I will use designated work zone access and egress points.
• I will always wear high visibility clothing when working on or near live roads.
• I will report any concerns related to temporary traffic management arrangements.

Contractors must ensure robust controls are implemented when undertaking work on or
near live roads, including adequate engineering controls or technical measures which
ensure effective segregation of workforce and vehicles.
Contractors must ensure that an assessment of the risks associated with work on or near
live roads is undertaken, and safe systems of work are established which protect all parties,
including the public. When planning roadworks, Contractors must consider the following:
• Pedestrian access and properties requiring vehicular access where these must
always be maintained.
• If any underground services are present.
• Where work is planned which involves breaking up or opening any road, sewer,
drain or tunnel under it. Relevant approvals must be provided by all statutory
authorities before commencing works.
• Any part of the road to be obstructed by plant or materials must be appropriately

signed and guarded.
• Works must be supervised by a competent person and there must always be at

least one trained Supervisor on site.
• Workers must be provided with appropriate induction training before beginning road
works.
• Visitors must always be given appropriate instruction on relevant hazards before

entering the works area and be accompanied at all times.
19.3 Traffic Management

Contractors must develop a Traffic Management and Logistics Plan to ensure the safe
movement of traffic in and around the site. The plan must identify the precautions and rules
for all Contractors’ plant and vehicles delivering to and operating on the site and must be
issued to the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner for review and approval.
19.4 Segregation from Live Roads

Contractors working in proximity to live roads must ensure controls are put in place to
provide adequate segregation of pedestrians and vehicles. Consideration must be given to
Internal
Internal
barrier types, times of working and road or land closures as agreed with the appropriate
authorities, including the Ministry of Transport.
19.5 Parking
Contractors must ensure parking areas for different types of vehicles are in place. Delivery
trucks and commercial vehicles must be parked separately from private vehicles. The
following requirements apply to car parks:
• Must be established within the project site, or in an area agreed with NEOM
Construction Logistics team.
• No vehicles, private or commercial, will be allowed to park on the construction site

access roads. Any vehicle parked on site access roads will be towed away.
• Segregated pedestrian walkways must be installed.
• Any car park shading structures must be subject to a temporary works design by the
Contractor. The design must be submitted to the Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner.
• Reverse parking is mandatory at all Project sites and offices.
20 Breaking Ground and Excavations

• I will only break ground if a valid permit is in place, and I am aware of the
precautions in the permit.
• I will not break ground unless the services have been detected by a locating device.
• I will always carry out safe digging practices close to buried services.
• I will only enter an excavation if the sides have been stepped, sloped, or supported.
• I will only enter an excavation if protection is in place to prevent people or vehicles

falling in.
• I will only access an excavation if ramps, steps, or a secure ladder is in place.

Contractors must ensure that comprehensive arrangements are implemented for the
management of breaking ground and excavations. Key measures include:
• All excavations must be carried out with an approved MS/RA and under a permit to
dig and Contractors must have a permit to dig procedure and flow chart in place.
• Excavations must be undertaken under the control of a competent person.
• The permit must detail the service detection investigation method utilized by the
Contractor (Cable Avoidance Tool “CAT” / Genny or Ground Penetrating Radar),
identify the approved profile of each excavation and detail hold points associated
Internal
Internal
with the excavation process. A copy of the permit to dig must be held by the
Supervisor responsible for the work.
• Atmospheric testing must be undertaken where excavations are in the vicinity of live
sewers, where plant and machinery are nearby or in areas where air flow is
restricted.
• Adequate signage, edge protection, barriers and lighting must be installed as

appropriate prior to excavation operations.
• The location of new services must be accurately recorded, with best practice
techniques such as tracing tapes or other devices used to aid future traceability and
help avoid strikes.
20.3 Planning of Excavations
20.3.1 Existing Services

Project Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must take all necessary
actions to obtain information regarding the location and nature of buried services prior to any
excavation works.
No work must be carried out on or in proximity to live cables. Where it is not practicable to
make the cable dead, all necessary precautions must be taken, including No Objection
Certificates (NOC’s) as required.
Safe digging techniques must be employed by the Contractor and details to divert or protect
and mark services in place. Exposed services / utilities may need to be supported, in line
with the finding of the risk assessment or authority requirements. Utility bridges / culverts or
steel wire rope arrangements must be used to support utility cables and pipes exposed
during excavations.
20.3.2 Design, Support and Stability

Contractors must ensure the appropriate design, support, and stability of excavations.
Excavation design is driven by the size and shape of the ground formation needed for the
works. To ensure excavation safety there are several issues that must be considered:
• Excavations more than 1.25m in depth, and excavation work adjacent to existing
structures, infrastructure, water courses and live services / utilities requires a design
by a competent engineer.
• The design must be specific to ground conditions (soil sampling may be required)
and specify the requirements for ensuring the stability of the excavation, such as
sloping or battering the sides, benching and/or shoring.
− When examining soil investigation / sampling reports, particular focus must be

given to the location of any water table, if the water table is going to be exposed
by the excavation and how it will affect the stability.
• Designs must consider divergence of any surface water to prevent ingress into
excavations and the process for removing groundwater from the excavation.
• During the excavation process, works must immediately stop, and further guidance
must be obtained if any variance of services or conditions are found.
• Excavations must be designed so that they do not present a confined space risk.
Internal
Internal
20.4 Working in Excavations
20.4.1 Excavation Access

Contractors must ensure safe access in and out of excavations is in place. The preferred
method of access to excavations or trenches is by ramps, temporary system staircases,
timber stairs, access bridges or equivalent, approved by a competent person. Ladders must
only be considered as a last resort. Use of wailings and struts is not permitted. All
excavation work must consider the following:
• Where the excavation is deep, battered, and access is required for a longer period,
stepped access may be created using sandbags. A suitable handrail must be
provided to complement the access steps.
• Means of egress in case of flooding or other emergencies must be considered.
• Ladders, if used, must only be for short-term and temporary access. Ladders must
be securely fixed, properly maintained, and must permit quick and easy escape in
case of flooding or fall of materials. Ladders require self-closing scaffold gates at
point of access.
• If benches are used for access purposes, suitable and sufficient edge protection
must be installed (double guardrail) along the entire access route.
20.4.2 Fall Protection

Contractors must ensure that where persons, plant and / or materials could fall into
excavations, pits, and holes, or where the collapse of the excavation sides is a risk, barriers
or edge protection are provided and all edges sloped to suitable gradients. Guarding of
excavations and protection against falls must address:
• Edge protection must be in place for all excavations regardless of depth to ensure a
safe distance is maintained by personnel, plant and equipment, as well as ensuring
materials are not stored near the edge. All barriers must be at least 1 meter away
and must offer appropriate protection.
• Work zone demarcation such as cones, netlon, hazard warning tape / rope are not
acceptable means of edge protection.
• Where vehicles are required to reverse to the excavation or work close to the
excavation, secured stop blocks of sufficient strength and size must be positioned to
prevent the vehicle from running over the edge. The stop blocks must also be
positioned so that the edge of the excavation will not collapse under the weight of
the vehicle (or the blocks). End tipping is not permitted.
• Interlocked continuous barriers, concrete jersey, water filled, or sand bunds must be
put at the edge of any excavation within 10 meters of a road. Barriers must be
substantial to stop any vehicle from falling into the excavation.
• For large groundworks, any excavated material should be utilized to form a

continuous bund wall along the perimeter of the works with breaks only for access /
egress points.
• Any barriers removed to permit access for plant but must be immediately replaced.
• The edge of any excavation must be appropriately signed, and visible hazard
warning lights provided for low light or night working conditions.
Internal
Internal
• Suitable debris netting must be installed where there is a risk of loose material
falling from excavation walls and edges. This must form part of the excavation
design.
• Surveyors and workers must not approach the edge of excavation in any
circumstances and must be at least 1 meter away from the edge of excavation at all
times.
• Manual level checking is not allowed during excavation works and must be done by
surveyors using survey equipment or excavation machinery with GPS level
checking systems fitted.
• The type of edge protection that needs to be provided must be assessed and
implemented following a detailed risk assessment, and depends on the intended
purpose (i.e., prevent falls, prevent vehicles, etc.).
20.4.3 Inspection of Excavations

Contractors must ensure excavations are inspected as follows:
• A weekly documented inspection by a competent engineer.
• A daily inspection by a competent Supervisor before the start of work.
• After any event, likely to have affected the strength and stability of the excavation or
any part of it.
• After any accidental fall of material, or any incident of injury occurring in the
excavation.
21 Working at Height
• I will only work at height if I am trained.
• I will not work at height unless I am safeguarded by edge protection or by a harness

fixed to a suitable anchor point.
• I will not enter an exclusion zone established for work at height.
• I will ensure that tools and equipment are tethered for work at height.
• I will maintain 3 points of contact when using a ladder.
• I will not modify, alter, or dismantle edge protection unless I am trained and
authorized.
• I will only work at height if I am aware of the rescue plan and rescue arrangements
are in place.
Internal
Internal

Contractors must ensure robust arrangements are implemented to manage the risks
associated with work at height. Key measures for work at height include the following:
• Properly planned and organized, including planning for emergencies and rescue.
• Assessed for risks using the hierarchy of control measures.
• Appropriately supervised.
• Undertaken in a way that is, as far as reasonably practicable, safe.
• Performed by competent people including managers and supervisors, who are

appropriately trained and supervised.
• Using appropriate equipment that is regularly inspected and maintained.
21.3 Fall Prevention Plan

Contractors must develop and implement a specific fall prevention plan, in addition to any
risk assessment and method statement. The fall prevention plan can form part of the Health
and Safety Plan or be provided as a separate working at height plan. The Contractor must
submit the fall prevention plan for review and approval by the Project Management
Consultant or Delivery Partner. The fall prevention plan must incorporate the following:
• Identification of potential working at height tasks and the associated standards and
expectations for each scenario to control the risk.
• Identification of openings between floors where personnel or materials could fall and
the standards required for each, including lift shafts, risers, and general openings.
• Clear use of the working at height hierarchy where collective fall prevention
measures are considered before personal measures.
• Training required for supervisors and operatives who work at height on a task-by-
task basis (e.g., scaffold erectors, scaffolders).
21.4 Hierarchy of Control

Contractors must ensure that work at height is challenged in line with the following hierarchy
of control:
• Avoid the need to work at height, for example by using extending equipment from
the ground, doing work at ground level (i.e., pre-assembly of roofing, etc.)
• Prevent falls using appropriate access equipment such as work platforms or rope
access.
• Reduce the distance and consequences of a fall should one occur.
Collective and passive measures must be used over other measures to prevent falls, such
as Mobile Elevating Work Platforms (MEWPs), as other measures may only mitigate the
distance and consequences of a fall (such as fall protection systems) or may only provide
personal protection from a fall. The selection of equipment for working at height must take
account of:
• The working conditions and the risks to the safety of persons at the place where the
work equipment is to be used.
Internal
Internal
• In the case of work equipment for access and egress, the distance to be negotiated.
• The distance and consequences of a potential fall.
• The duration and frequency of use.
• The need for easy and timely evacuation and rescue in an emergency.
• Any additional risk posed by the use, installation, or removal of that work equipment
or by evacuation and rescue from it.
Process chart for working at height is shown in Figure 4.
Working at Height
Required
Risk
Risk of
of Falling
Falling People
People
or
or Objects
Objects
Risk
Risk Assessment
Assessment
Can
Can the
the Carry
Carry outout the
the work
work
Can
Can the
the
objects
objects bebe from
from thethe ground
ground and
and
risk
risk be
be
prevented
prevented lifted
lifted into
into place
place
eliminated?
eliminated? YES
YES
Training
Training for
for persons
persons from
from falling
falling complete?
complete?
exposed
exposed toto working
working at
at
NO
NO
height
height
Can
Can handrails
handrails with
with
Prevent
Prevent Objects
Objects from
from Can
Can the
the
Medical
Medical Records?
Records? midrails
midrails and
and toeboards
toeboards
hitting
hitting people.
people. risk
risk be
be isolated
isolated YES
YES be
be put
put inin place
place
NO
NO
Temporary
Temporary Works
Works
Certificates
Certificates
Fan
Fan nets,
nets, screened
screened
scaffolding,
scaffolding, exclusion
exclusion Can
Can the
the Can
Can scaffolds
scaffolds //
Prestart
Prestart Briefing
Briefing zones,
zones, safe
safe access
access zones
zones risk
risk engineered
engineered elevated
elevated work
work
and
and overhead
overhead protection
protection out?
out? YES
YES platforms
platforms be
be used
used
NO
NO
Certified
Certified // Checked
Checked
Equipment
Equipment for for carrying
carrying System
System to to prevent
prevent aa worker
worker
out
out the
the task
task Can
Can fall
fall from
from falling
falling from
from aa work
work
restraint
restraint system
system
Risk
Decreased Risk
position
position or
or from
from travelling
travelling to
to
be
be used?
used? YES
YES an
an unguarded
unguarded edge. edge.
Decreased
NO
NO
Evaluation
Evaluation and
and
Monitoring
Monitoring by
by HSS
HSS &&
Operations
Operations
AA system
system that that allows
allows aa person
person
Can
Can fall
fall arrest
arrest to
to fall
fall and
and then
then arrest
arrest the
the fall
fall
system
system be
be used?
used? before
before the the person
person can
can impact
impact
YES aa solid
YES solid surface
surface
NO
NO
Variation
Variation from
from approved
approved
methods
methods –– NONO WORKS
WORKS
PERMITTED
PERMITTED
Figure 4: Process chart for working at height
Internal
Internal
21.5 Working at Height Requirements
21.5.1 Metal Frame Erection

Contractors must ensure that metal frame structures are erected from MEWPs and where
access to the structure cannot be avoided, workers are to use beam gliders for access and
safety nets and guard rail systems incorporated during metal decking operations. To ensure
that metal frame structures are erected safely, the following measures must be
implemented:
• During the design process an opportunity to pre-assemble all steel work must be
considered either off-site at the factory or on-site but always at ground level. This
must also include painting of the frame.
• MEWPs are to be used in preference to all other methods, provided that a suitable
operating base is available. The nature of the base must be determined prior to any
operation taking place. MEWPs must be fitted with secondary anti-entrapment
protective devices to prevent crushing, such as cages, pressure bars and alarms.
• Nets must be placed in the position such as to minimize the distance any fall can
occur.
• All steel erection must occur within an exclusion zone.
• Anchorage and lifeline systems must be prefabricated and / or installed on the

ground prior to lifting or installed from a MEWP.
21.5.2 Safety Nets

Contractors must ensure that safety nets are used where appropriate, incorporating
assemblies of various components that include a net, supporting ropes, anchorages, and
where necessary supporting frameworks. Safety nets can also be used in the form of
protective fans, to prevent waste materials from falling, by placing overlay nets over the
safety nets. The size and spacing of the overlay net must be appropriate to the type of
material likely to fall. Safety nets must not be used to catch debris weighing more than
approximately 40kg.
Where safety nets are used as protective fans, advice should be sought by the net
manufacturer.
All safety nets should comply with the requirements of CSA/CAN Z259 and rigged within the
maximum positioning limits of BS EB 1262-2.
Three levels of competence are defined for the rigging of safety nets:
• Competent Riggers: Those who have had sufficient practical experience and have
passed a rigger course approved by the safety net manufacturer.
• Competent Inspection: Those who have passed an approved inspector’s course.
• Competent Examination: Those who have been trained and authorized by the net
manufacturer to carry out full examination and repair of safety nets.
Process chart for safety nets is shown in Figure 5.
Internal
Internal
Safety Net
Required
Access Requirements
Method Statement / SIMOPS
Risk Assessment Verify competency of riggers,
inspectors and examiners.
Design
Good Condition
Safety Net
Marked with name of
Arrives on Site
Fixed anchorage points of Manufacturer
suitable strength. Type of Safety Net
Usually erected by
To be installed as close as Year / Month of Manufacture
MEWPS from prepared
possible to the working level Erection of Tensile strenght of test rope
ground below.
(not greater than 2m) Safety Net
Mobile Towers not
Not stretched taut.
permitted.
No gaps greater than
100mm Rescue provisions to be
included within Project
Emergency Response Plan
Safety net contractor

consulted and advice south
When net has been used to arrest
about the nets suitability.
a fall or more than 40kg has fallen
Damaged nets to be
or damaged by other means
immediately taken out of
service.
NO LOAD TESTING
Examined by a competent person
OF SAFETY NETS
immediately after erection and
DURING THE
certificate issued.
EXAMINATION
Inspected by a competent person

immediately after erection and at
least weekly thereafter.
Stored as per the manufacturers

requirements
Figure 5: Process chart for safety nets
21.5.3 Formwork and Falsework Erection

Contractors must ensure that any concrete formwork / false work systems are a proprietary
system and erected from safe working platforms or erected from below either manually or
using MEWPs, below the deck level. The following must be considered:
• Proprietary formwork and falsework systems must be used in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Props, decking and protective elements must be
erected from the ground and before reinforcement is placed on the formwork a safe
working area must be in place. The leading edge must be protected with robust
edge protection and all floors covered with decking.
• Propriety systems must be able to be erected from below and the need for workers
to erect from above and be exposed to a leading edge must be avoided.
Internal
Internal
• On columns and walls, operatives must work off MEWPs for walls, and proprietary
column shutters / forms for column erection. The use of ladders and harnesses
must be considered only as a last resort and fitted with anti-fall devices where
possible. Reinforcement to columns and walls to be fabricated where possible at
ground level.
• Access to these areas must be by means of a proprietary access stairway and not
by ladder.
• All falsework and formwork must be signed off by the temporary works coordinator.
Other considerations include the use of prefabricated beams, columns, floor slabs and the
reuse of formwork methods and material, and use of proprietary systems.
21.5.4 Loading Platforms

Contractors must ensure that all loading platforms are assessed before installation and fitted
with guard rails to all sides. Loading platform systems must be assessed as temporary
works and be part of a pre-use and regular inspection regime. Chains and wire cables are
not an acceptable means of guarding the front / exposed edge of loading platforms, with
guardrails or gate systems (e.g., pivot type up and over gates), which provide full edge
protection, to be used.
21.5.5 Safe Access for Vehicle Loading and Unloading

Contractors must ensure that vehicle loading, or off-loading is covered by a risk
assessment, addressing the risks from work at height and lifting operations. Access
platforms or decks with safe access points must be provided where there are regular
activities in the same location. Edge protection or other suitable fall prevention must be
installed on vehicles and loads must be pre-slung to remove or reduce the need to access
the rear of any vehicle. Netting or tarping of vehicles must be mechanized or controlled
through an engineering solution, to avoid the need for workers to climb onto vehicles.
21.6 Perimeter and Edge Protection Standards

Contractors must ensure that where operatives are working at leading edges, secondary
distance barriers are erected with appropriate signage to protect other operatives. Leading
edge operatives must be provided with suitable fall restraint or fall protection/fall arrest
arrangements.
On floors above ground level, above a basement and at roof level, fixed guard rail edge
protection as a minimum is to be provided comprising double guard rails and toe boards.
The use of perimeter screens will be the default position for edge protection and this option
must be explored before any other option is considered. Where this method cannot be
implemented an alternate type of advanced protection must be in place.
Full height edge protection is recommended for mid-rise construction, 3 floors and above, or
on any building where, because of the nature of the work or the location of the site, either
site workers or the public at large are at risk. It must be used to eliminate fall of person and
fall of material risks at height where winds in particular present considerable risk to the
movement of persons or materials.
Internal
Internal
To meet the minimum requirement of standard perimeter protection, the edge protection will:
• Be provided to a minimum height (at least 95 cm) and incorporate a toe board with a
minimum height of 15 cm capable of preventing materials falling, with no gaps
below.
• No vertical gaps between any guardrails or toe board are permitted to be greater
than 47 cm.
• Be of continuous construction and robust.
• Where items of mobile equipment are likely to be used, provide physical stops to
prevent the mobile equipment reaching the edge of the slab and / or impacting the
edge protection.
• Be erected, maintained, and dismantled by competent persons and be inspected

prior to use and after alteration, repair, maintenance, and adverse weather.
• Be provided to a standard proportionate to the risk and include vertical netting,

mesh, brick guards or similar where additional hazards are identified, e.g., adjacent
public areas / project interfaces (walkways, roads, and offices) or specific work
activities.
Any other edge protection system other than guard rails must ensure that appropriate
elements are in place to ensure that materials cannot fall as they can slide through or under
the edge protection system element in use.
21.7 Vertical Access

Contractors must ensure that any vertical access arrangements, including use of passenger
hoists, are installed and maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements.
Access to general work floors is to be provided by the full permanent solution wherever
possible. Where this is not possible, temporary staircases of adequate width and complete
with handrails are to be provided by the Contractor.
The permanent staircase must be built-in as early as possible during the construction and
poured / installed as the floors are poured. All staircases permanent / or temporary must be
provided and protected in accordance with the following minimum standards:
• Have permanent handrails installed at both sides to provide protection during
construction.
• Have regularly spaced risers not exceeding 200 cm.
• Have top guardrails at a minimum height of approximately 100 cm, with intermediate
rails fitted to prevent excessive gaps.
• Have landing platforms protected with appropriate and suitable collective edge
protection.
• On metal staircases, all temporary guardrails must be installed before the stairs are
erected or put into position.
• Where temporary guardrails are provided during construction, these will be located
and fixed in a manner, which allows the permanent protection to be installed prior to
removal of the temporary protection.
Internal
Internal
• Have sufficient lighting to provide a uniform lighting level throughout and to prevent
shadows / dark areas. Stairwell access within buildings must also provide suitable
3-hour battery powered emergency lighting.
• Where temporary protection is provided, it must be inspected prior to use and after
alteration, repair, adverse weather (external) or periods of use more than seven
days. Inspections must be conducted by a competent person and records kept.
21.8 Access Equipment Requirements

Contractors must ensure the following requirements are implemented in relation to all
access equipment, including scaffolding, Mobile Elevating Working Platforms, Mobile
Towers and Podiums, Access Steps, Ladders, and any other type of access equipment:
• All access equipment must be stable with sound footings, wheels locked (where
fitted) and tied into the structure where specification or design requires.
• General and emergency access routes must be clearly defined, signed, barricaded,
and lit paying particular attention to emergency routes.
• Access equipment must be selected in accordance with the working at height

hierarchy.
• All equipment must be erected / installed / altered / dismantled by a competent

person who is trained in the use of the specific system or equipment in line with the
manufacturers specifications.
• Where equipment is provided in way of working platforms or temporary access is

required between floors, this must be by staircase wherever possible. Selection of
any other equipment must be covered by risk assessment then installed in line with
best practice, such as ladders secured, 1 m above level, cleaned, and maintained.
• All equipment must be subject to a pre-use and regular documented inspection

regime in line with manufacturer’s requirements.
• All equipment must be free from visible defects, built in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specification, or with a specific design.
21.9 Inspection and Authorization for Use (Scaffolding)

Contractors must ensure that before any access equipment is taken into use it is inspected
by a competent person or nominated inspector in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions or to the planned design, and the inspection is recorded. Nominated inspectors
for scaffolding must hold a valid 3rd party inspection certificate and must be familiar with the
scaffold system in use.
A competent scaffolding Supervisor or nominated inspector must inspect the scaffold daily.
When put in use, every seven days thereafter, following any alterations, and any adverse
event or condition that may affect the structure e.g., high winds or contact with plant and
equipment.
Scaffolding that has been constructed in accordance with the planned design will be
authorized for use by displaying a notice at all access points detailing the following
information:
• The unique identification and location of the scaffolding.
Internal
Internal
• The name of the person making the check.
• The date that the check was completed.
• The intended loading capacity of the scaffold.
Scaffold tags must be updated on a weekly basis (seven days) or when a scaffold is
deemed unfit for purpose through the daily inspection regime.
21.9.1 Scaffolding
Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented in relation to the use of
scaffolding:
• A scaffold coordinator must be appointed to oversee and manage all
scaffolding arrangements on-site, ensuring maintenance of a scaffold register,
inspections, competence of the team and continued support to provide access.
• Scaffolds must have guard rails, mid-rails and toe boards installed on all open sides
of platforms from which people or materials may fall. Where materials may fall over
toe boards guards, fencing or weighted (designed) netting must be provided. All
working platforms are to be closely boarded. Boards must be secured, free from
defective and / or damaged boards and debris. Damaged boards must be
quarantined and not available for use. Boards must be placed close together with no
gaps in the system. Where smaller gaps exist, boards present a trip hazard or
walkway is under heavy usage, the platform must be fully boarded with plywood.
• Where a proprietary guard rail system is required either in situ or as an added

element, the working platform must have a top rail, mid-rail and toe board fitted on
all four sides of the platform.
• Toe boards must rise at least 15 cm above platform level.
• Guardrails must be between 95 cm and 105 cm above platform and there must be
no vertical gaps between any guardrails or toe boards which exceeds 47 cm, there
must be no gaps below the toe boards.
21.9.2 Mobile Elevating Working Platforms

MEWPs:
• Specific IPAF (or equivalent) operator training is required for operation of MEWPs
including both boom and scissor lift types. Additional training is required where the
MEWP has any attachments or specialist features.
• Contractors must conduct familiarization training specific to the type of MEWP in

use. This is normally delivered by the provider however where this is not possible
Contractors must nominate an individual or group of individuals who are deemed to
be more experienced than a standard operator, e.g., “MEWP champions”. RAMS
are to be completed for each use.
• Fall restraint must be worn when working in boom type lifts and where identified by
risk assessment. Manufacturer installed anchor points must be used.
• Instructions and certificates of examination (or copies of) must be held in each
MEWP.
Internal
Internal
• A fire extinguisher must be provided for each MEWP.
• Minimum clearance distances are to be maintained whenever operating plant and

equipment are used in the vicinity of overhead hazards or buried services. Risk
assessments must consider the use of secondary protection devices e.g., cages,
anti-crush, and sky-siren. Banksman or spotters but must be considered where
other physical options are not available / suitable.
• Emergency arrangements must cover descent arrangements for MEWPs.

Banksmen or spotters must be IPAF (or equivalent) trained and capable of bringing
the MEWP down in case of emergency.
• All tools must be tethered when working from MEWPs, Mobile Towers and
Podiums.
21.9.3 Aluminum Access Towers

Aluminum Access Towers:
• All mobile towers must be designed and certified in accordance with BS EN 1004
and be provided with an instruction manual in accordance with BS EN 1298.
• All prefabricated tower scaffolds (e.g., static towers, cantilever towers or stepped
towers) must be designed in accordance with BS 1139-6. All podiums used must be
designed and certified in accordance with either PAS 250 or BS 8620.
• All towers must be assembled, altered, and dismantled following the ‘Through the
Trap’ (3T) method or an Advance Guardrail (AGR) tower system.
• Aluminum scaffold access towers to be erected by PASMA (or equivalent) trained

erectors.
• The maximum platform height for free standing mobile towers is base width to
height ratios 3:1 outdoors and 3.5:1 indoors.
• Stabilizers, outriggers, or ballast must be installed at the earliest opportunity during

assembly and must be in accordance with the instruction manual for the tower.
• Toe boards must be fitted to all working platforms and on any platform where any
materials (tools or equipment) are stored on the tower. Materials on the platform
must be kept at a minimum, stored in appropriate containers and any risk of
dropped objects must be assessed and mitigated.
• Climbing end frame horizontals is not permitted and designated ladders, stair
ladders or stairways internal of the structure must be used. Ladders must never be
used against a tower to gain access to the working platform.
• Trapdoors and gates must be closed when not in use.
• No person, tools or materials must remain on a mobile tower or podium whilst it is

being moved.
• Mobile towers must be reduced to 4 m platform height for movement.
• Towers and podiums are not designed to be anchors for fall arrest or fall restraint
systems and they must not be used.
Internal
Internal
• Wheels of mobile towers must be locked when in use.
• The number of people using any tower or podium must be in line with the
manufacturer’s guidance.
• Towers and podiums must be inspected by a competent person at least every 7

days, and a record kept (e.g., inspection record) and displayed on the tower.
• Base to height ratio is no longer acceptable for adequate stabilization.
• Maximum platform heights are based on BS EN 1004.
21.9.4 Ladders
Contractors must minimize the use of all types of ladders and incorporate the use of safer
means of working at height (e.g., MEWPs, scaffold towers and podium steps). All ladders in
use must be structurally sound and safely installed.
Ladders must only be used for access and not as a work platform, unless three-points of
contact can be maintained. Step ladders and extension ladders can only be considered for a
place of work if all these requirements are met:
• All other safer alternatives such as, MEWPs, scaffold towers, platform steps,
podium steps have been considered and deemed not practical.
• The task is low risk, short duration (i.e., less than 10 minutes) and non-repetitive.
• Location is not closer than 3 m to an additional fall hazard (i.e., edge, penetration)
unless a compliant cover is in place or floor to ceiling protection exists.
A ladder is permitted as a form of access to working decks on platforms / scaffold if there

will be no requirement for workers to manually handle tools or material in the work area.
The following applies when using ladders:

• Ladders used to access another level must be secured (e.g., tied to a suitable point)
and extend at least 1m above the landing point to provide a secure handhold. At
ladder access points, a self- closing gate is recommended. Step ladders should not
be used to access another level.
• If ladders rise more than 9 meters in height, suitably guarded and protected
intermediate landing platforms must be provided.
• Separate provision must be made to avoid carrying materials up or down a ladder

such as stairs, hoist, or satchel bags.
• Aluminum / metal ladders are not to be used where live electrical facilities are
present.
• Only one person may use a ladder at any time.
• Ladder safety information (e.g., load rating and inclination angle) which is shown on
the ladder labels and user instructions, must be followed by the user.
• Ladders must only be used on firm and level ground, on clean solid surfaces and
where they will not be struck by vehicles.
• 1:4 angle ratio to be maintained.
Internal
Internal
• Ladders must be inspected prior to use and weekly inspections must be conducted
and a record kept by a competent person who is able to verify the condition of the
ladders.
• Ladders must not be subject to any side loading.
• Ladders must not be used adjacent to slab edges, voids, and service risers or lift
shafts.
• Gates must be closed, and wheels must be locked on access steps where installed.
21.10 Use of Harnesses

Contractors must ensure safety harnesses are only used to provide primary fall prevention
or protection when the following conditions are met:
• All other reasonable and practicable options to provide adequate fall prevention of a
higher standard have been reviewed and eliminated by the Project Management
Consultant, Delivery Partner, and Contractor.
• Harnesses must be managed in accordance with international standards and be

inspected, maintained, certified, and labelled.
• Users must be competent and trained in the use of harnesses including but not
limited to daily inspection, proper fitting, care, and storage, maintaining 100% tie-off
whilst using two lanyards and rescue procedures and emergency arrangements.
• Fixed length restraint is preferred to fall arrest.
• A competent person to determine fall clearance and swing radius as part of the
RAMS.
• Inspections must be conducted by a competent person, at intervals not exceeding

one month.
• There is a suitable and sufficient risk assessment by a competent person / team that
concludes that it is not reasonably practicable to use other, safer, means of avoiding
or minimizing the risk of falls and all required controls, such as training and rescue
plans, are in place.
• Users of harnesses must be able to attach the harness to a safe anchorage point
from a safe place.
• Users of harnesses must be closely supervised at all times.
21.11 Falling Objects

Contractors must ensure that risk assessments consider and mitigate the risk of falling
objects, including avoiding the storage of materials and items at height where possible.
21.11.1 Lift Shafts

Contractors must ensure openings to lift shafts are fully protected with a signed, secure, full
height system and managerial arrangements preventing unauthorized entry, and eliminating
the risk of falls of persons or materials. Safe working platforms must be provided for all
those working in lift shafts.
Internal
Internal
All elevator shafts must be constructed in such a way as to protect both those carrying out
the construction and those below carrying out the installation.
All intermediate floors must be fully protected against the egress of materials or personnel.
This protection must be tamper-proof and suitably restrained.
21.12 Service Risers and Penetrations

Contractors must ensure penetrations and risers are limited in size and number as far as
practicable and have mesh cast in during construction or are fitted with other robust
protection such as metal guard rails or covers, which prevent falls of people, or materials
through them. Protection measures must be implemented at the earliest opportunity.
Service shafts and risers must be designed to a minimum size to prevent falls or constructed
in such a way as to protect both those carrying out the construction and those below
carrying out the service installation. All floors must be fully protected against the egress of
materials or personnel using a wall-to-wall protection. Protection is required to be installed
upon striking of formwork / completion of the riser walls at each floor level.
For floor openings and riser shafts, reinforced meshing must be retained in-situ to provide
an in-built mechanism to stop falls (with the mesh being removed when risers are installed).
Where possible, risers with a block work enclosed permanent solution in the design must
ensure that the block work is sequenced as early as is possible to allow a block work
parapet of over 1 m in height to be formed.
All penetrations are to be protected with robust, securely fixed (screwed or bolted and not
nailed) and clearly marked covers to prevent the fall of materials or persons through them.
The covers do not present a tripping hazard. As a minimum the following must be
implemented:
• Holes up to 600 mm wide (any length) are to have structural mesh cast across the
hole and a flush 20 mm ply covering, with a ‘HOLE UNDER’ notice. The mesh is
only to be cut as needed to allow services to pass. A perimeter square of meshing
must remain embedded into slab all the way around the hole where possible. Any
edge of the board must be protected and either marked or taped to prevent a trip
hazard.
• Holes 600 mm wide to 2 m wide (any length) are to have structural mesh cast
across the hole and a full decking cover at every floor level, firmly fixed down. The
cover must be screwed / bolted into the surrounding surface and not nailed.
• Holes over 2 m wide are to have a double handrail and toe board all round and a
personnel and debris net at every second floor across the void.
• Protective measures for all openings are only removed when work is taking place in
or around the opening and effective safety measures are employed to prevent falls
of those working on them.
21.13 Waste Chutes

Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented for waste chutes:
• A waste chute is to be considered as an item of temporary works and as such
requires the design and installation methodology to be approved prior to its use at
site.
Internal
Internal
• A barrier must be erected around the skip to exclude operatives and others from the
discharge zone (removable for lorry access). The barrier must also be capable of
containing light spillage from the skip e.g., by using debris netting.
• The provision of overhead protection and/or physical barriers to prevent access into
the discharge zone can provide protection from falling materials.
• To avoid a build-up of discharged materials resulting in a blockage, there must be a

clear space of approximately one meter below the bottom chute section and the top
of the receiving skip or other receptacle. This gap must allow the spread of
materials across the skip.
• Where there is the potential for materials to be ejected, additional controls may be
necessary such as more frequent inspections, and additional barriers and / or debris
netting placed at the site boundary or adjacent to the skip.
• If attached to a scaffold, the chute must be subject to an inspection regime

consistent with the scaffold inspections. If the chute is not attached to a scaffold, it
must still be subject to inspections as a minimum on a weekly basis or after any
occurrence likely to affect its integrity such as alterations, repairs, blockages, or
adverse weather.
• Arrangements must be in place to isolate the chutes where the skip is removed from
the base of the chute.
21.14 Tool Tethering

Contractors must undertake a risk assessment, following the hierarchy of fall prevention
measures, to identify and specify the measures necessary to control the risk of tools (and
other items or materials) from falling. Tools tethers must be:
• Designed specifically for tethering.
• Matched to a tool that has been individually weighed to confirm it is within the
maximum allowable limits of the tether. Heavier items must be tethered to fixed
anchor points rather than to an individual.
• Provided with a locking mechanism at the connection points or otherwise suitably

fixed in irreversible manner.
• Inspected and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidance. This

must include a daily pre-use inspection by the user.
Work conducted outside of the perimeter protection or within 4 m of a leading edge must
have lanyards used to tie-off tools and equipment including whilst working on platforms or
access equipment. Exclusion zones are required in addition to tool tethering wherever
possible.
21.15 Exclusion Zones

Contractors must establish and maintain exclusion zones in areas below where work at
height is being undertaken and there is a potential for an object to fall onto persons below.
The use of robust exclusion zones must be considered for any work at height as part of the
planning process and when used, must be monitored to ensure their effectiveness.
Internal
Internal
Where possible robust physical barriers must be used to form exclusion zones. The height
and construction of the barriers must be determined according to the risk and the need to
restrict persons from the hazard. Warning signage must be posted at regular intervals along
the exclusion perimeter zone.
Exclusion zones must consider the protection of any banksman should they be present, i.e.,
physical segregation must be in place between equipment and operatives wherever
practicable.
22 Lifting
• I will only lift a load if there is an approved lifting plan, and I am trained and
authorized.
• I will only use lifting equipment and accessories if they are suitably tagged.
• I will only lift a load if I can communicate with those involved and affected by the
lifting activity.
• I will only lift a load if it is secure, and a test lift has been performed.
• I will not exceed the operating limits of lifting equipment or accessories.
• I will avoid walking or standing under a suspended load.
• I will only lift a load if positioned on a suitable and stable platform.
• I will only lift a load if the lifting equipment is inspected and maintained.

Contractors must appoint a team of competent persons to manage all lifting operations. All
lifting must be undertaken in accordance with BS 7121:2016 requirements including:
• BS 7121-1 which provides general recommendation for crane types.
• BS 7121-2 which covers in-service inspection, maintenance, thorough examination,

and testing for all cranes.
• BS 7121-3 which covers mobile cranes.
• BS 7121-4 which covers lorry loaders.
• BS 7121-5 which covers tower cranes.
The following measures must be implemented by all Contractors:

• Lifting must be overseen by a competent team of trained and experienced
personnel. Where a project site consists of several Contractors, the main Contractor
must appoint a person to oversee all lifting operations.
Internal
Internal
• The Contractor’s Appointed Person has the overall authority for the safety of lifting
operations. The Contractor’s ‘Crane Supervisors’ must defer to the Appointed
Person’s decision / advice and instructions.
• Lifts must be planned and documented with a level of detail proportionate to the
complexity of the lift.
• Where a Contractor is undertaking multiple lifting tasks regularly, the Project

Management Consultant or Delivery Partner must ensure regular lifting coordination
is undertaken which they must attend (chair as appropriate) with the Contractor’s
appointed person and team. The content can be covered within another appropriate
forum if appropriate.
• Each Contractor must submit appropriate documentation to cover arrangements for

lifting which meets BS 7121 and the Employer’s requirements. This suite of
documents must include a project- specific Lifting Operations Management Plan
and a Lifting Plan for each lift, or type of lift as well as relevant Risk Assessment
and Method Statement.
• Lifting equipment and accessories (lifting gear) must be colour-coded on a monthly

or quarterly basis to ensure that only certified equipment is in use on-site. Coloured
tags must only be attached to equipment or accessories that have a valid test or
inspection certificate.
• Exclusion zones must be implemented in loading / unloading zones and lifting areas
and must be clearly signed and demarked with warning tape or hard barriers to
prevent inadvertent access. All slingers and signalers will be issued a whistle for
warning general workers of lifting operations in progress.
• Ensure zoning and anti-collision systems are left in in the ‘on’ position with the keys
removed and held in a key safe controlled by an appropriate senior manager.
• A competent person must issue a certificate of safety after due examination and
test, and only after any repairs have been carried out, specify the serial number,
technical details, tests done, safe working load, etc. for each equipment / appliance.
Any equipment requiring repair or awaiting parts must be suitably quarantined and
unavailable for use on-site.
• A copy of 3rd party inspection and test certificates must be available on-site for all
lifting equipment and lifting accessories.
• Safe working loads must be displayed on the equipment.
22.3 Selection and Duties of Personnel

Contractors must ensure when selecting any personnel for duties within the lifting team, the
type of equipment, types and diversity of lifting and hazards, are taken into account.
Personnel must be trained in accordance with BS 7121 and as prescribed in local
legislation. Proof of competency must be verified on-site ahead of any lifts. All appointments
must be formalized in writing and regularly reviewed. All members of the lift team are
empowered to stop any work they believe to be unsafe.
Internal
Internal
22.3.1 Appointed Person Duties

Contractors must ensure that any Appointed Person observes the following duties:
• Planning the lifting operation (including approval of all risk assessments, lift
categorizations and method statements), selection of the crane(s) and lifting
accessories, instruction and supervision, and consultation with other responsible
bodies to ensure effective collaboration as is necessary for the work to be
undertaken safely. Ensuring the lift team are aware of the content.
• Ensure the outcomes of the planning process are recorded in a lift plan.
• Ensure that adequate pre-operational checks, intermediate inspections,

maintenance, and thorough examination of the equipment have been carried out.
• Ensuring there is an effective procedure for reporting defects and incidents and
taking the necessary corrective actions.
• Taking responsibility for the organization and control of the lifting operation and
liaising with the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner.
• Ensure the testing of the zoning and anti-collision systems for each crane daily.
• Ensure any cranes with defective zoning or anti-collision systems are taken out of
use immediately and reported to the Project Management Consultant or Delivery
Partner.
• Before any zoning or anti-collision systems are deactivated the Appointed Person
must obtain written authorization from the Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner following approval of a specific MS/RA. Zoning or anti-collision
system(s) must be reactivated as soon as the task is complete.
22.3.2 Crane Supervisor

Contractors must ensure that all lifting operations are supervised by a Crane Supervisor.
The Crane Supervisor must direct and supervise the lifting operation, ensuring that it is
carried out in accordance with the lift plan. The Crane Supervisor must be competent and
suitably trained and must have sufficient experience to carry out the relevant duties. Crane
Supervisors must have completed an internationally recognized crane Supervisor training
course and have the relevant experience.
Contractors’ Crane Supervisor must:

• Ensure lifting operations only commence after the task lifting plan has been
approved by the project team and has been coordinated with other lifting operations.
• Supervise lifting operations to ensure they are carried out in a safe manner fully in
line with the agreed lifting plan including supervision of crane drivers and
slingers/signalers under their control but in liaison with the Appointed Person and
other Crane Supervisors.
• Supervise lifts in accordance with the complexity of the lifting operation. Some lifts
may require continual presence by the Crane Supervisor, other repeated lifts of less
complexity or risk may only require the Crane Supervisor to ensure the operation is
set up correctly with all relevant parties understanding the safe system of work /
lifting plan and action to take if conditions / circumstance change that may affect the
lift.
Internal
Internal
The Crane Supervisor role may be combined with other roles. However, they must have
sufficient time to supervise lifting and slinger / signalers under their control and personally
supervise at all times non-generic lifts standard and complex lifts.
22.3.3 Slinger/Signaler (Rigger)

Contractors must ensure that competent numbers of slingers / signalers are appointed to
safely conduct all lifting operations. Slingers / Signalers (Riggers) must be easily identifiable
by a red hard hat and ‘Slinger / Signaler’, or ‘Rigger’ marked on the rear of an orange high
visibility vest.
Slingers / Signalers must:

• Be in attendance at all times the crane or lift is in operation.
• Have a recognized qualification for lifting and slinging or other approved training.
Their competency must be checked via physical on-site demonstration to the Crane
Supervisor / Appointed Person.
• Sling all loads in line with lift plans and industry best practice, within the safe
working limits of the equipment, using hooks with safety catches, netting loose
loads, and attaching tag lines.
• Follow directions of the Crane Supervisor and Appointed Person.
• Give relevant signals to crane operators using the approved system of visual and
radio signals.
22.3.4 Operators
Contractors must ensure crane (or lifting equipment) operators hold a valid license for the
type of crane they are operating and are responsible for the correct operation of equipment
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and within the bounds of the lifting plan
and task briefing. The operator must only respond to the signals of one signaler.
22.4 Planning of Lifting Operations

Contractors must ensure all lifting operations are planned to ensure that they are carried out
safely. Planning must consider the following:
• The type of load to be lifted, its characteristics and method of lifting (Note: It may be
necessary to make allowance for any adhesion between the load and its support).
• The selection of a suitable crane appropriate to the operation, ensuring that

adequate clearances are maintained between the load(s) and the crane structure.
Special consideration must be given to travelling with loads.
• The selection of lifting gear, the weight of which must be considered when
assessing the load on the crane.
• The position of the crane and load before, during, and after the operation.
• The site of the operations, considering proximity hazards, space availability and
suitability of the ground or foundations. These environmental conditions may
necessitate stopping the operation when conditions are unsuitable.
• Any necessary erection and dismantling of the crane.
Internal
Internal
• Any interface with other operations on-site that may present a hazard and means of
controlling these issues.
• The proximity of the crane and load to the public and third parties.
The amount and detail of planning required for a lifting operation will depend on the
complexity and risk involved. Lifting operations can be divided into the three categories as
detailed in the sections below.
In each case, a risk assessment must be carried out as part of the planning process and the
results of the assessment and planning must be recorded in a method statement, which may
take the form of the Lifting Plan.
The detail required in the Method Statement / Plan will vary with the complexity of the lift.
For commonly lifted items such as pallets of blocks, several generic solutions are to be
provided in the Project Lifting Plan. At the other end of the spectrum, a single lift of a large,
prefabricated roof will require a more comprehensive method statement.
Before any lift takes place, one of the following must be produced and communicated to all
relevant parties:
• Schedule of common lifts covering the lift to be carried out.
• A specific lift plan covering the task.
The lift plan must consist of as a minimum the following information:

• Risk Assessment, Method Statement and Lift Plan to be written by a certified
Appointed Person
• Appointed person to sign M/S R/A L/P
• Appointed Person, Crane Supervisor, Slinger Banksman and Operator certificates

to be attached
• Load Details (weights and radius)
• Load Analysis (weights and size)
• SWL Analysis (% of crane capacity)
• Mobile Crane, Tower Crane location and drawing
• Lifting Accessories (Chains, slings, wire ropes, shackles, pulleys. etc.)
• Laydown Area for transport (loading and unloading)
• Barricading of area
• Services Locations
• Surrounding Environment
• Valid third-party Crane Certificates.
22.4.1 Basic Lifts

Where the load to be lifted is of established weight and there are no hazards or obstructions
within the area of operation. Typical examples of the type of load are pallets of bricks or
blocks, bundles of rebar or scaffold tubes.
Internal
Internal
22.4.2 Intermediate Lifts

Where the load to be lifted is of established weight and there are hazards to be considered,
either within the working area of the crane, or on the access route to the working area, but
multiple crane lifting is not involved. Typical examples of hazards are pick and carry duties,
oversailing other cranes, lifting persons or landing or lifting a load without full visibility of the
path throughout the lift.
22.4.3 Complex Lifts

Where the lifting operation requires more than one crane to lift the load, a crane with load
enhancement attachments such as Superlift must be used.
22.4.4 Weather
Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented for the operations of
cranes during adverse weather:
• Cranes must not lift when the wind speed exceeds manufacturer’s threshold or
gusts of 38 kph at jib level whichever is the lower limit. Lifting in gusty weather may
only continue in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations which will
normally state a reduced average wind speed and a maximum gust wind speed.
• Where wind speeds exceed manufacturer’s recommendations or gusts of 45 kph

and over, whichever is the lower limit, the crane must be placed in the out of service
mode. In all events, the final decision on the safety and advisability of a lift rests with
the crane operator. In the event of a disagreement between the appointed person
and the crane operator the more cautious view will prevail.
• Crane operators must be able to see either the load or the slinger/signaler. If
environmental conditions prevent this, then lifting must be suspended. Visibility may
be adversely affected by glare, fog, sandstorm, or heavy rain.
• The crane manufacturer’s operating handbook must be consulted to determine

when it is safe to lift in windy conditions and these must be strictly observed.
• Contractors must always have a dedicated wind speed monitoring means and
arrangements in place that crane operations are taking place. The same
requirements apply to all cranes.
22.5 Crane Erection and Dismantling

Contractors must ensure compliance with the following crane erection and dismantling
measures:
• Checks on the verticality of the mast to confirm that it is erected within the
manufacturer's tolerances must be conducted. Life of mast sections of any crane
must be known with appropriate examination undertaken prior to use or reuse.
• The location of the test and the path through which the test loads will be
maneuvered, particularly, where, and how the test load will need to be dismantled,
moved, and reconstructed around any obstructions in the test path must be
conducted.
• The sequence of work including pre-test thorough examination, test sequencing,

lifting schedules, personnel involved, and general methodology must be planned.
• Trolley motor brake setting must be verified as correct.
Internal
Internal
• Proof has been provided that jib clamps are approved by the manufacturer have
been fitted to the jib in the correct positions.
• The test sledge being used must not allow weights to be dislodged during the test
and the sledge must have the appropriate test and certification paperwork.
• A Risk Assessment / Method Statement must be developed for the erection,

climbing, dismantling, and testing of tower cranes. The statement/assessment must
include the following elements:
− Specific reference to manufacturer’s safety guidelines for activities including a

step-by-step process description.
− Methods of compliance with all relevant legal and contractual requirements.
− Safety checklists provided for all safety critical operations (e.g., ensuring check
made before any securing bolts or pins are released, bolts are torqued to
correct tension, etc.).
− Safe access to and fall protection measures for all work at height.
− Identification of adequate exclusion zones and methods for implementation.
− Arrangements for lifting equipment / gear examinations (certificates on-site).
− Specification of crew roles, responsibilities, competencies, and supervisory

arrangements.
− Inclusion of the working hours, wind speeds and other weather conditions
including the most suitable day/ date/ time for the works to be carried out to
mitigate risk from collapse.
− Emergency procedures including the rescue of incapacitated persons from a

height.
− Methods of pre-start briefings and toolbox talks for the crew.
− Methods and arrangements for crew communications.
− Arrangements for 3rd party crane examinations (certification on-site).
• Competent engineers must check the designs and installation of all permanent and
temporary works including crane bases, ties, hard standings and imposed loads on
the permanent structure, floor slabs or ground.
• Cranes assembled on-site (typically, tower and crawler cranes) must be erected and
dismantled by specially trained persons. Cranes must be erected in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions using only manufacturer-approved parts and fittings.
Rigging of hoisting and trolley cables must be carried out in accordance with the
specific instructions set out in the manufacturer’s instructions.
• The impact of the operation on other activities both on the site and adjacent to the
site must be adequately assessed and controlled, i.e., other cranes, other site
activities, activities on neighboring premises, public activities such as transportation,
electrical services, and members of the public must be adequately assessed and
controlled.
Internal
Internal
• Potential risks from / to installations and services in the area must be assessed and
precautions put in place (i.e., services overhead and below ground).
• Other site-specific items must be completed prior to starting on-site (e.g., testing
tower crane base unit welds using the magnetic or dye methods before crane
erection).
• Unless specified, tower crane hoisting cables will be terminated on the jib using a
wedge socket. Live and dead ends of the hoisting cable must not be clipped
together.
22.6 Lifting Communications

Contractors must ensure that a clear and efficient system of communication is established
between crane operators and signalers.
Projects must ensure that radio communication exists between crane operators and
signalers to ensure verbal communication is supplement by a visual signaling system.
Handsfree communication is the preferred radio communication method to allow signalers to
visually and verbally communicate requirements simultaneously.
In instances where radio communication does not exist, Contractors must ensure that the
crane operator has an uninterrupted line of sight to the signalers at all times. All hand / arm
signals used must conform to the universal signaling system to ensure consistency.
22.7 General Crane Requirements

Contractors must ensure that any cranes used are structurally sound and fitted with
appropriate safety devices, including compliance with the following measures:
• Prior to the erection of any crane, air traffic control authorities, both civil and military
must be consulted, where required.
• Before operating a crane, operators must ensure the crane test and maintenance
certificates are current.
• Where there are two or more cranes on a site, erected in positions where they could
collide, over sail or where the crane jib could slew into a restricted zone, a SIL 2
type anti-collision system must be used. This system must only be used as a
backup to vigilant crane drivers / banksmen with crash radios the first line of
defense with effectively coordinated lifts.
• The systems must be regularly checked to ensure that the zoning and anti-clash
functions are operating correctly and that ‘creep’ of zones etc. has not taken place.
• All projects with tower cranes are required to maintain an agreed zoning and anti-
collision drawing clearly showing the zoning boundary, crane radii (including out-of-
service), clash zones and a designated zoning test point for each crane. The
drawing must be included in the project lift plans and a copy displayed within the
cab of each crane.
• 2.4m high hoardings or mesh panels must be erected around the base of every
tower crane mast, hoardings must be higher where adjacent structures or materials
could assist in climbing. The access gate should be locked using a digital lock or
equivalent to give due consideration of rescue of the crane driver should the rescue
team be required to access the crane in an emergency.
Internal
Internal
• Hoardings or panels to prevent access onto the crane mast should be installed at
any point of entry adjacent to a structure.
• Consideration must be given to a fixed lockable trapdoor on the operator access

ladder with anti- climb mesh screens fixed to the outside faces of the crane mast at
the same level.
• All crane cabs must have a suitable fire extinguisher.
• Working hours for crane drivers must be controlled to minimize the risk of errors
caused by fatigue. As a guide, single tower cranes will have two drivers, two tower
cranes will have three drivers, three tower cranes will have five drivers.
• The manufacturer’s manual supplied with the crane should provide details of the
regular inspection requirements and must be followed. A visual inspection of the
entire machine must be made before the crane is put to work.
• The crane must be put through all motions by the driver and any defects must be
reported immediately. All brakes and clutches must be checked for correct
operation.
• A competent person must be appointed to carry out a weekly inspection which must
be recorded. The inspection must include the crane structure and mechanical
components together with any structural ties, track, etc. and the correct functioning
of the safe load indicator.
• The crane logbook must be completed by the operator to detail any faults or issues
with the crane and record their use.
• Sufficient clear space for the length of the jib involved must always be provided to
prevent overlapping of jibs from other cranes on the site.
• Proximity of other structures and Contractors’ works must be considered.
• Pre-operational checks to be carried out include the following:
− Crane is free of visual defects.
− Controls are in good condition and operational with legible markings.
− Ropes are not damaged, and hooks are in good condition.
− Runways are clear of obstacles.
− Safety switches and interlocks are operational.
− Warning signs are in good condition.
− Lifting gear has current certification and shows no signs of damage.
− All brakes, stops, and motion limits including zoning (where applicable) are
checked before any load is lifted.
• If any lifting gear or accessories are out of certification or showing signs of damage,
they must be withdrawn from service.
• No person must operate or allow the operation of a crane that is either faulty or out
of certification.
Internal
Internal
• Crane operators must not exceed the crane capacity and must immediately cease
operations if the automatic warning devices activate.
• Grillages (crane mats) must be used on mobile crane outriggers to spread the load.
• All mobile cranes must extend outriggers before commencing lifting operations. All
crane warning devices or lights must be in full working condition prior to
commencing lifting operations.
• A permit-to-work system is required for the use of mobile cranes managed by the
Contractor. Further lifting permits may be required as documented within each
Stakeholder’s own arrangements.
• Cranes must have the ability to isolate the controls when the crane is not in use, the
crane cab is still powered (e.g., air conditioning is on), and the operator is within the
cab to prevent accidental use of controls.
• To ensure no slippage occurs, recheck the brakes after the lifting load is just clear of
the ground or the landing.
22.8 Vehicle Loading and Unloading

Contractors must implement the following measures in relation to vehicle loading and
unloading:
• Review risk assessments and method statements for lifting operations, including
material loading and unloading.
• Ensure an approved lifting plan in be in place for all lifting operations, with lifting
equipment and accessories subject to appropriate inspection and maintenance.
• Check all individuals involved in lifting operations are competent and have
completed relevant training.
• Maintain levels of supervision during lifting operations, including activities

undertaken at night.
• Before unloading any material, ensure the lay down area is inspected and prepared.
The area must be free of debris or objects which could obstruct the unloading
process, damage the material, or cause slips, trips, and falls.
• The vehicle trailer must be positioned on level, stable ground and chocking of
wheels to prevent any inadvertent movement during unloading. The straps must be
utilized to keep the remaining load secure, as well as to prevent pipe / cylindrical
stock from rolling.
• Keep all additional load straps in place during unloading until the section of the
uppermost tier of a stacked material has been completed. At no time should truck
drivers be allowed to unstrap loads unless they have been provided specific training
and are following all precautions in the lifting plan.
• No person should place themselves between the load and the truck/trailer/lifting
equipment, or any other pinch points, which may arise during loading or unloading.
Internal
Internal
22.9 Lifting Accessories Requirements

Contractors must ensure the following requirements are implemented in relation to the use
of lifting equipment accessories:
• Lifting accessories must display the safe working load.
• Wire ropes must not be used for lifting operations if kinked, significantly rusted, the
core is visible, or more than five percent of the individual wire strands are broken on
any section. The competent Supervisor must determine when to withdraw a wire
rope from use.
• Web slings must not be used for lifting operations if there are significant cuts, snags,
or holes. The competent Supervisor must determine when to withdraw a web sling
from use.
• Slings provided on pre-slung materials and canvas bags must only be used once.
22.10 Lifting of Persons Requirements

Contractors must ensure that all lifting equipment used for lifting of persons is subject to a
3rd party examination every six months. This includes both the lifting equipment and the
lifting gear. Note that an annual examination that is not yet six months old is acceptable.
Secondary fall protection must be provided during man lifting operations using MEWP’s.
Such protection includes the use of a harness and lanyard on a designated anchor point.
Cranes with the ‘traditional’ manually operated slipping friction clutch will not be used.
Cranes with hydraulically driven permanently engaged clutches are required.
Cranes must be used in a power load lowering mode. Cranes which have a free-fall mode
must be ‘locked out’ of free fall using a key-operated selector; indications of this must be
shown externally on the crane and within the cab, by light or sound. The keys must be
secured by the project or site manager or other appointed persons whilst the crane is
engaged in man-riding duties.
Cranes must have automatic brakes which will be automatically applied if the hoisting lever
is not in the operating position. In addition to the automatic brake, there must be other
means of arresting the load, that is, by the hydraulic winch motor and a foot-operated brake.
Cranes with latchable controls must have the latching mechanisms removed, to enable
controls to automatically return to the neutral position when released.
Each crane must be individually assessed and a technical statement, with appropriate
information, obtained from the owner as to its suitability for lifting persons. This statement
must be appraised by a technically competent person and agreed on prior to
commencement of man-riding.
A MS/RA will be required from Contractors for planned man lifts. Emergency arrangements
must include detailed rescue procedures for workers at height.
22.11 Thorough Examination, Including Inspection and Testing

Contractors must ensure that a thorough examination of all cranes, lifting equipment and
accessories is completed before first use and on a regular basis, certified at least annually
by a competent person.
Internal
Internal
The user must ensure that the crane or equipment is taken out of use for the period required
by the competent person to carry out the thorough examination. The user must also ensure
that a safe system of work is in place to prevent the competent person from being exposed
to danger by inadvertent operation of the crane.
Where the lifting equipment is hired from a 3rd party, the user must ensure that thorough
examinations are undertaken at required intervals. Where the user comes to an
arrangement with the owner whereby the owner carries out the thorough examinations, the
user must ensure they are carried out.
The Appointed Person must verify:

• Any 3rd party certificate and ensure it is accurate and represents the lifting
equipment or accessories in question.
• The company / competent person is accredited by the local regulatory authority.
• The company / competent person has insurance coverage for professional liability.
The crane certification must consider the following:

• All crane types must be examined and certified by a competent person before first
use and at regular intervals in accordance with local legislation.
• The current test/examination certificate must be verified by the Project Management

Consultant or Delivery Partner before any crane is operated.
• The certificate must have attached a written statement from a qualified engineer
confirming that the crane is built in accordance with all statutory and manufacture’s
requirements and that it is in good condition and suitable for its intended use.
• Webbing slings must be regularly inspected, and any damaged or frayed sling must
be discarded and replaced.
• A competent person must check the adequacy of the hard standing and packers
under the outriggers of mobile cranes.
All lifting equipment must be fit for purpose, marked with a means of identification and safe
working load and be suitable for the task being undertaken.
The project lifting plan must specify the correct lifting equipment to be used for each task.
No other equipment than that specified can be used to undertake the lifting activity. If
equipment that is not identified in the lifting plan is requested for use, the lift plan must be
updated and reapproved.
A schedule of required examinations and inspections is included in Table 11.
Table 11: Requirements for Lifting Appliances (large)
Lifting Appliance Requirements
Excavator used as a crane
Mandatory Inspection & Certification
Internal
Internal

• Where an excavator is used to lift and lower
suspended loads it will be treated as a crane.
• Load Chart to be mounted inside the operator’s
cabin.
• The Load Chart will include:
− Location of lifting points and their corresponding
rated capacity.
− The maximums load that may be lifted
corresponding to the position of each lifting point
and the boom configuration.
− A notice that controlled lowering devices (Hose
burst Check Valves) are fitted on the main boom
hydraulic cylinders. (ISO 8643: 1997)
− Ensure that the rated capacity / working load limit
is permanently displayed in a prominent position
near the lifting point.
− Acoustic or visual rated capacity indicators
− 6 monthly approved 3rd party thorough examination
of lifting gear.
− 12 monthly 3rd Party Proof Load Test.
Additional Information Operator Requirements
• Attachments and lifting • Project Induction
accessories including quick hitches • Applicable 3rd party Training
must be compatible with the
• Prestart Briefing
machine, suitable for the load and
marked with their safe working Documentation
load.
Requirement Frequency By
• Hooks welded or bolted to the back
1. Lift Plan 1. Bi-Weekly 1. Lifting
of a bucket are not recommended
2. Daily Check or as Coordinator
due to the possibility of damage
Sheet required 2. Operator
during digging and of the ring
slopping off due to changes in 3. Maintenance 2. Daily 3. Plant
bucket angle. Report 3. As required Department
• Edge protection to be in place on 4. Colour Coded 4. Quarterly or 4. Plant
all excavator where there is a risk Sticker as required Department
of a fall from height.
Internal
Internal
Tower crane

cabin.
• The Load Chart will include:
− 6 monthly approved 3rd party thorough
examination of lifting gear.
− 12 monthly 3rd Party Proof Load Test
− Acoustic or visual rated capacity indicators

• Where multiple tower cranes are • Project Induction
used, an anti-collision system is • Applicable 3rd party Training
required.
• Lift Plans must reflect this anti-
• Emergency Response
collision system plus where lifting
equipment works under the radius • Working at Height
of the tower crane.
Documentation
• Emphasis must be placed on the
design of the bases.
1. Lift Plan 1. Bi-Weekly or 1. Lifting
• Height differentials must also be
2. Daily Check as required Coordinator
considered when siting the cranes
at mobilization stage. Sheet 2. Daily 2. Operator
• Crane Operatives and all those 3. Maintenance 3. Monthly 3. Plant

accessing the cab / completing Report (PD) Department
inspections must have received to coordinate
internal work at height training plus
be aware of the in-house
emergency procedures for rescue
from height.
• If hoarding / signs are mounted on
the crane special consideration
must be given to the design with
inputs required from the
Temporary Works Coordinator.
• Manufacturer’s requirements must
also be reviewed for environmental
conditions such as high winds with
particular emphasis on ‘’free slew’’.
Internal
Internal
Crawler crane

cabin.
• The load chart will include:
− Location of the lifting points and their
corresponding rated capacity.
− The maximum load that may be lifted
• Ensure that the rated capacity / working load limit
• 6 month approved 3rd party thorough examination
of lifting gear.
• 12 monthly 3rd party proof load tests (when a man
basket us used to be every 6 months)

• Ground conditions are a key • Project Induction
element when using crawler • Applicable 3rd party Training
cranes.
• Crawler cranes can generally be
• Emergency Response
moved between different locations
on site fully rigged. Documentation
• Special care should be taken when Requirement Frequency By
travelling cranes up or down
slopes to keep the boom at an
2. Crawler Crane or as Coordinator
angle that will not allow it to jolt
Check Sheet required
rearwards.
3. Maintenance 2. Operator
• Manufacturer’s instructions should
clearly define the gradient at which Report 3. Plant
a crane can safely cope with whilst 4. Colour Coded Department
travelling with and without loads. Sticker 4. Plant
• In the event of high winds, Department
manufacturer’s instructions may
require the jib to be lowered to the
ground.
• Space must be maintained for this
eventuality.
Internal
Internal
Mobile crane

cabin.
of lifting gear.
• 12 monthly 3rd party proof load tests (when a man
basket us used to be every 6 months)

• The Mobile Crane (Rough Terrain • Project Induction
telescopic mobile) is specifically • Applicable 3rd party Training
designed for off road performance,
but the same case is necessary
when setting up for crane work. • Emergency Response
• Outriggers must always be Documentation
correctly extended, and ground
bearing capability must be
sufficient for the imposed load. 1. Lift Plan 1. Bi-Weekly 1. Lifting
(Appointed Lifting Coordinator to 2. Mobile Crane or as Coordinator
ensure all is in place) Check Sheet required 2. Operator
• Tire pressures must be correct 3. Maintenance 2. Daily 3. Plant
plus the suspension lock system Report 3. Monthly Department
engaged and operational.
4. Colour Coded 4. Quarterly 4. Plant
• The load should be positioned in Sticker Department
line with the chassis to front or rear
as designed by the manufacturer
and secured to the carrier to avoid
swinging out of radius.
• When moving between different
locations on site, the jib sections
must be ‘’telescoped-in’’ and
lowered to the horizontal position.
• Slew rings must be locked in
position and hook blocks secured
against swinging.
Internal
Internal
Lorry loader (HIAB/Palfinger, etc.)

cabin.
of lifting gear.
• 12 monthly 3rd party proof load tests

• The lorry loader is essentially a • Project Induction
crane fitted to a commercial • Applicable 3rd party Training
vehicle or trailer for the purpose of
loading and off-loading materials to
/ from the lorry. Documentation
• The following points are Requirement Frequency By
particularly relevant when using a
lorry loader:
2. Pre-use or as Coordinator
− Siting of the lorry loader should required
inspection 2. Operator
take into account the ground
3. Maintenance 2. Daily 3. Plant
conditions including cavities /
cellars. Report 3. Monthly Department
− Working at height should always 4. Colour Coded 4. Quarterly 4. Plant

be considered and due care should Sticker Department
be taken when persons are
slinging loads.
− Lorry Loaders lifting more than
1,000kg are required to be fitted
with suitable overload cut out
devices.
− A lift plan / slinger is required for all
Lorry Loader activities.
Internal
Internal
Telescopic handler

cabin.
of lifting gear.
• 12 monthly 3rd party proof load tests
• A device within the hydraulic system which will
not permit the telehandler to lift weights greater
that its rated load plus a device which will prevent
a specified load being lifted beyond a given
height.

• All telehandlers used for • Project Induction
underslung lifting must be fitted • Applicable 3rd party Training
with a lifting adaptor.
• Telehandlers should only be
operated on clearly defined Documentation
haulage routes as much as Requirement Frequency By
reasonably practical.
• When the telehandler is not in use or as Coordinator
2. Plant Check
the forks should be lowered to required
Sheet 2. Operator
ground level in addition to
3. Maintenance 2. Daily 3. Plant
engineered breaking requirements.
Report 3. Monthly Department
• Machine manufacturer’s
recommendations must be 4. PWAS 4. Quarterly 4. Plant
followed when travelling on slopes. 5. Cameras/Mirrors Department
• Additionally, project speed limit (360 vision)

signage must be obeyed at all
times.
• Whenever the load impedes the
vision of the operator, it is
recommended that a banksman be
used.
Internal
Internal

• Front and back wheels must be
kept in the same straight line.
• When using attachments,
preferably they should be made by
the manufacturer of the
telehandler.
• The use of attachments may
involve additional training of the
operator.
• Where the forklift is used to lift
suspended loads then it will be
considered as a crane.
• Stabilizers / outriggers must be
deployed on solid ground prior to
any lift.
• A levelling indicator and check
valves (will hold the load in the
event of hydraulic loss) must also
be fitted.
Table 12: Requirements for lifting appliances (medium)
Chain block

• 6 monthly 3rd party inspection
Documentation
Additional Information 1. Visual Inspection 1. Daily 1. User

2. Colour Coding 2. Quarterly 2. Plant
It is critical that the anchor
point for the chain block is 3. Documented visual 3. Weekly 3. HS Department
strong enough for the job. This inspection
generally requires an
engineered control and should
be reflected within the lift plan.
Clamshell

Documentation
Internal
Internal
1. Visual Inspection 1. Daily 1. User

3. Documented visual 3. Weekly 3. OSH Department
inspection
Polygrab

Documentation
inspection
Winch

Documentation
inspection
Vacuum lifter

Documentation
inspection
A-frame gantry

Internal
Internal
Documentation
Additional Information 1. Visual Inspection 1. Daily 1. User

Particular attention should be
taken in relation to the lifting 3. Documented visual 3. Weekly 3. OSH Department
points of the gantry. Generally, inspection 4. Bi-weekly
gantries are fabricated in 4. Potentially temporary
house and as such follow the works design
process of temporary works
management.
Table 13: Requirements for lifting appliances (small)
Lifting equipment Inspection/Certification Requirements By
Shackle 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

2. Weekly documented Visual 2. Competent Person
Inspection 3. Approved Company
3. 6 monthly 3rd
party thorough 4. Competent Person (Plant
examination Department)
4. Quarterly Colour Coding
Wire Rope Sling 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

3. 6 monthly 3rd party thorough 4. Plant Department
examination
Wire Rope Grips 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

2. Weekly documented Visual 2. Slinger
3. 6 monthly 3rd party thorough
examination
Chain Slings 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

3. 6 monthly 3rd party thorough 4. Competent Person (Plant
Internal
Internal
Web Slings 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

3. 6 monthly 3rd party thorough 4. Plant Department
examination
Web Slings 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

4. Quarterly Colour Coding *
* No spray paint / chemicals to be used on

a web sling. If there are chemicals evident
the sling must be taken out of use.
Lifting Hooks 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

Plate Clamp 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

Pipe Clamp 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

3. 6 monthly 3rd
party thorough 4. Competent Person (Plant
Lifting Beam / Spreader 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

Bar 2. Weekly documented Visual 2. Competent Person
Internal
Internal
Forklift Attachment 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

Man basket 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

Beam Clamp 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

Plastic Skip 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

2. Weekly documented visual inspection 2. Competent Person
3. 6 monthly 3 party inspection
rd
3. Approved Company
4. Quarterly Colour Coding 4. Competent Person
Note: Skips must not be overloaded or
have materials stored over the top of the
bin.
Block Grab 1. Pre-use inspection 1. Competent User

2. Weekly documented visual inspection 2. Competent Person
3. 6 monthly 3rd party inspection 3. Approved Company
4. Quarterly Colour Coding 4. Competent Person
5. Note – netting must be used for all
block / paving grabs when lifting.
23 Confined Spaces
• I will only enter a confined space if a valid permit is in place, and I am aware of the
• I will only enter a confined space if I am trained and authorized.
Internal
Internal
• I will only enter a confined space if the atmosphere has been tested and is
continuously monitored.
• I will only enter a confined space if a ‘top man’ is in place.
• I will only enter a confined space if I can communicate with those involved in the
work.
• I will only enter a confined space if I am aware of the rescue plan and rescue
equipment is available.

Contractors must ensure that comprehensive health and safety arrangements are
implemented to manage any activities that involve entry to a confined space, including
emergency procedures.
Where there is a necessity for Contractors to work within a confined space (i.e., any place
including any chamber, tank, vat, silo, pit, trench, sewer, flue, well or similar space in which,
by virtue of its enclosed nature, there arises, or could arise, a reasonably foreseeable
significant risk), these works must be carried out under the conditions specified within a job
specific confined space entry permit, Risk Assessment and Method Statement.
Contractors will be responsible for the following:

• Supply all safety equipment including all portable gas detection devices, escape-
breathing apparatus, harnesses, and other escape equipment (including a rescue
tripod for work in holes), which must be certificated, and in good order.
• Ensure all personnel who enter a confined space are trained.
• Employ a Confined Space Permit System, including emergency plan.
• Undertake a suitable and sufficient risk assessment.
• Maintain effective supervision during the operation.
• Provide PPE and emergency equipment provision.
• Establish communications, which are constant and intrinsically safe.
• Undertake atmospheric monitoring before and during entry.
• Develop emergency procedures including emergency first aid.
23.3 Confined Space Documentation

Contractors must develop appropriate documentation prior to any work in a confined space
which addresses the arrangements for access, egress, working in the confined space and in
the event of an emergency. This documentation must include:
• Scope and nature of confined space works to be carried out by the Contractor.
• A schedule of all confined spaces that the Contractor will encounter on the project.
• Classification of confined space based on risk profile and number of entrants.
• Roles and responsibilities.
• Organization chart (with the name and phone numbers).
Internal
Internal
• Health and safety control measures:
− Risk assessment.
− Access / egress arrangements.
− Unauthorized access prevention arrangements.
− Entry and exit arrangements (Monitor, Register, ID Tag System, etc.).
− Criteria for excluding permit to work.
− Permit to work procedure and flow chart.
− Atmospheric monitoring procedure and frequency.
− Ventilation provisions and if the situation warrants air replacement calculation

undertaken by a competent engineer.
− Communication arrangements (constant and intrinsically safe):
 System in place must ensure uninterrupted communication between

entrants.
 System in place must ensure uninterrupted communication between.

entrants and watcher / Supervisor.
 System in place for uninterrupted communication to summon help in case

of an emergency.
 Wind direction must be considered when sitting up generators and

ventilation inlet.
− Equipment (lights, tools, etc.) to be used inside the confined space (Must be
intrinsically safe, if not then a risk assessment must be in place to ensure risk is
reduced to an acceptable level).
− Fire prevention measures.
− Hierarchy of rescue and emergency arrangements based on the schedule

below:
 Elimination of hazards (Self or tripod rescue).
 Low hazard and one entrant (tripod rescue).
 Low hazard and multiple entrant (15 min escape sets and 3rd party
rescue trained entrants).
 High hazard and single entrant (Work rotation, escape sets, 3rd party
rescue trained entrants).
 High hazard and multiple entrants (Work rotation, SCBA, escape sets,
3rd party rescue trained entrants and stand-alone rescue team).
− Duration of exposure or maximum working hours for an entrant to be defined in

table based on the schedule above.
− PPE schedule.
Internal
Internal
− If a respiratory mask to be used, a procedure for fit test must be included in the
plan.
− Competency criteria for entrant, gas monitor and rescue team (All must be 3rd
party certified and work specific training must be provided by the Contractor and
recorded).
− Lighting requirements.
− Signage schedule.
− Criteria / conditions to stop work.
Work activities must stop (and documentation to be updated) if the work encounters any
deviation or identifies any new hazards and may only continue after the hazards and
applicable work modifications have been addressed and the risk assessment updated.
23.4 Personnel Selection

Contractors must ensure that entrants and rescue team for confined space activities are fit
to undertake the work, including but not be limited to:
• Suitable size and fitness for the task.
• Medically fit with a six-monthly medical fitness test conducted to ensure the entrant
and rescue team do not suffer any lung diseases, epilepsy, fits, blood pressure
conditions, physical fitness issues or mental issues that will affect their ability to
perform work safely.
• Experienced and trained by 3rd party in entry and rescue and familiar with
necessary procedures.
• Suitable attendants.
• Confirmation of the above by the production of an in-depth risk assessment.
24 Fire
• I will only smoke or use naked flames in designated areas.
• I will keep my work area tidy and regularly remove waste.
• I will not misuse or overload electrical systems or equipment.
• I will return gas cylinders and flammable substances to designated storage areas
after use.
• I will check electrical equipment on a regular basis and replace faulty items.
• I will not move or tamper with any fire safety equipment or devices.
• I will not block fire escape routes or emergency exits.
Internal
Internal
• I will ensure that I am aware of emergency plans and arrangements in the event of a
fire.

Contractors must develop a fire safety plan and fire risk assessment for their works which
include key personnel and responsibilities, arrangements for managing fire hazards,
reducing fire risk, fire prevention and detection systems, training and competence and
emergency arrangements and response.
The fire safety plan and fire risk assessment are deliverables, incorporated within the
Emergency Plan or the Health and Safety Plan which must be approved by the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and made available to NEOM.
Contractors must ensure the fire risks associated with all stages of the project are effectively
managed with consideration to the following requirements:
• Fire safety standards must meet the requirements of Saudi Building Code 801 for
Fire Safety during Construction and Demolition Works.
• Contractors are required to prepare and implement a detailed project Fire

Prevention Plan.
• No controlled or uncontrolled fires will be allowed on any site.
• Contractors must develop, implement, and maintain strict housekeeping practices

as an integral part of daily activities.
• Combustible and flammable waste must not be allowed to accumulate in any work
area.
• Scrap and combustible materials must be removed from structures, partly

completed buildings, and completed buildings as soon as it is generated.
• Flammable and combustible materials must not be stacked or stored against any
temporary or permanent building, structure, or storage facility.
• Rags, fabric, and timber contaminated with any hydrocarbon product must be
contained in a closed metal container and removed daily from the workplace to a
safe disposal area.
• Smoking will be strictly prohibited in specific areas and buildings. Areas where
smoking is permitted (designated areas) will be clearly identified and smoking will
not be permitted in all other areas.
24.3 Fire Protection Equipment

Contractors must ensure that the following measures are implemented for fire protection
equipment:
• Fire-fighting equipment (hose, nozzles, fire buckets, fire extinguishers) must be
available when the project begins.
• Fire extinguishers must be provided and maintained at the following locations:
− For each 300 square meters of a protected building and within 23 meters of
uninterrupted travel.
Internal
Internal
− Within 15 meters of where more than 2 liters of flammable or combustible

liquids or 2.3 kg of flammable gases are being used.
− In open storage yards within 23 meters of uninterrupted travel.
− At storage areas for flammable or combustible liquids.
− At any fuel dispensing or service area.
− On all motorized equipment.
• Fire extinguishers must be conspicuously marked, and clear access to all fire exits
maintained.
• Fire extinguishers must be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with

Saudi Building Codes and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards.
• Each discharged fire extinguisher must be replaced immediately with another fire
extinguisher that is fully charged and of the proper size and type.
• A temporary or permanent water supply of sufficient volume, pressure, and duration

must be made available.
• If sprinkler systems are being installed, their installation must closely follow
construction and they will be placed in service as soon as practical, or as Saudi
Building Codes requires.
• Charged fire hoses must be made available during demolition operations involving
combustible materials.
• Smoking must be permitted only in designated areas. Smoking will be prohibited at

or in the vicinity of operations that constitute a fire hazard. A sign reading “No
Smoking or Open Flame,” must be conspicuously posted.
• Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or power purposes must be installed
in compliance with Saudi Building Codes.
• Contractors must ensure that all project facilities are kept free from accumulation of
unnecessary combustible materials. Weeds and grass must be kept down, and
arrangements implemented for the periodic clean-up of the entire area.
• Portable heaters, regardless of fuel source, must be equipped with an approved

automatic device to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner and pilot, if used, in
the event of flame failure. Heaters having inputs above 50,000 Btu per hour will be
equipped with either a pilot, which must be lighted and proved before the main
burner can be turned on, or an electrical ignition system.
• Portable electric heaters must be equipped with a tip alarm and an automatic shut-
off that will turn the heater off when tipped.
24.4 Temporary Buildings

Contractors must ensure that no temporary building are erected where it will adversely affect
any means of exit within or adjacent to an existing building or occupied structure. Clearance
must be maintained around lights and heating units to prevent ignition of combustible
materials.
Internal
Internal
Temporary buildings located within another building or structure, must be of either non-
combustible construction, or of combustible construction having a fire resistance of not less
than 1 hour.
Temporary buildings located outside of a building or structure, and not used for the storage,
handling, or use of flammable or combustible liquids, flammable gases, explosives, or
blasting agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, must be placed at not less than 3 meters
from another building or structure. Groups of temporary buildings not exceeding 200 square
meters in aggregate are considered a single temporary building.
24.5 Storage of Flammable or Combustible Materials

Contractors must ensure that the following measures are implemented for the storage of
flammable or combustible materials:
• Storage areas must be labelled noting any hazards.
• Flammable materials such as paints and gas cylinders must be stored in designated
locked and ventilated areas external to construction buildings and in line with
manufacturers requirements.
• Flammable materials must not be stored in direct sunlight, must have appropriate
signage, be at least 4 meters from buildings and boundary fences and have fire
control measures in place, which as a minimum must include a fire extinguisher.
• Flammable material stored quantities must be kept at a minimum and must be

returned to store at the end of each day. Any liquids must be stored in CE approved
containers and within bunded areas or bunded individually.
• Petrol stores must be kept to a minimum.
• Combustible materials must be brought to site and stored using the ‘just in time’
approach to avoid excessive fire loading of the construction building. Fire breaks
space must be evident in any stores.
All storage of materials and debris must consider the potential for a fire and the control
measures must reflect this. Protection measures for stores should include but must not be
limited to covering with fire resistant materials, sprinklers, and smoke detectors.
24.6 Smoking
Contractors must ensure that smoking (including electronic cigarettes / vaping) is prohibited
within all enclosed areas and in the vicinity of combustible materials, explosives, and
flammable liquids/gases.
Smoking is not allowed at the following locations:

• In existing buildings, basements, or car parks.
• In company vehicles or in vehicles being driven on a site.
• At finishing stages of projects with a large number of combustible fittings installed.
• In offices, rest areas, mess facilities, toilets, and changing rooms.
Smoking is allowed in the following locations:
Internal
Internal
• In the designated smoking areas as identified and assessed by a fire risk

assessment.
• Designated smoking areas must be constructed of non-combustible materials and

have sand buckets or other suitable container available to allow cigarettes to be
safely extinguished. Adequate signage must be posted at all designated smoking
points.
Passive smoking is a risk to the health of other personnel. There must not be any
designated smoking areas in areas that could result in other personnel being subject to
passive smoking.
24.7 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems

Contractors must ensure that arrangements are implemented to detect and raise the alarm
in the event of a fire. Alarms must be audible in all parts of the location where people may
be present and must be checked / tested on a weekly basis to ensure they are functional.
The type of fire detection and alarm system must be considered in the Fire Risk Assessment
with the level of control proportionate to risk and complexity of the working environment and
as a minimum it must comply with the requirements of EN54 and NFPA 72.
24.7.1 Zoned Fire Alarms

Contractors must ensure that zones fire alarms are installed in:
• Buildings.
• Fit outs.
• Basements.
• All temporary accommodation / site offices.
• Complex layouts:
− Consider flashing lights for large or noisy areas.
− Locate break glass bell pushes by emergency exit staff cores and check they
are easily accessible daily.
24.7.2 Manual Fire Alarms

Contractors must ensure that manual fire alarms are installed at:
• All fire point stands.
• All security posts.
• Low risk open construction sites.
Combined Automatic Detector and Alarm System must be installed in all temporary facilities.
Flashing light(s) must be wired to smoke detector and audible alarm on the outside of the
cabins.
24.8 Means of Escape

Contractors must ensure that two alternative means of escape are provided where possible
at all work locations. Emergency exit routes must be easily identifiable, kept free from
Internal
Internal
obstruction, have emergency lighting, directional signs and exit points marked and offer
additional level of fire resistance and have fire doors fitted to them where appropriate.
Emergency exit routes must be displayed on a plan in each area. A minimum of two escape
routes are required from any floor. The escape routes must be marked and displayed.
Works must be planned to ensure escape routes/staircases are free of obstructions. Fire
wardens must walk routes daily. Coordinator to inspect escape routes/staircases weekly and
enter results in register.
24.8.1 Emergency Lighting

Contractors must provide emergency lighting on all escape routes and staircases (minimum
of 15 lux) with a minimum 3-hour performance.
24.9 Firefighting Equipment

Contractors must ensure that sufficient numbers and types of firefighting equipment are
available as determined by a fire risk assessment and correctly located at all times. Fire
extinguishers, hose reels, fire blankets and riser inlet and outlet valves must be readily
accessible, unobstructed, clearly signed and regularly checked.
Position of fire points must be clearly marked on floor plans and prominently displayed.
Fire point plans must be prepared and visible around the site. The following must be
included on these plans:
• Alarm call point.
• Numbers and type of extinguishers.
• Fire escape routes.
• Dry riser access points.
• Hydrants.
• Emergency assembly point.
• Fire point sign must be at a height readily seen above stored materials.
• Fire points must be conspicuously positioned, i.e., near exits.
The following must be ensured while planning the placement of extinguishers throughout the
site:
• Adequate numbers of extinguishers must be provided throughout the site.
• A sufficient number of personnel, no less than that required by Civil Defense, must
be trained in the use of extinguishers.
• Extinguishers must be located in red boxes raised 500 mm above the floor level and
marked ‘FIRE POINT’.
• Portable fire equipment must be serviced at least annually.
• Provision of equipment must be reviewed as works progress.
• Ride on plant must carry an appropriate fire extinguisher.
Internal
Internal
24.10 Dry/Wet Risers

Contractors must ensure that risers progress with the construction or demolition and be no
more than two floors below the construction floor and be regularly tested to ensure adequate
water flow rate / pressure. On floors where risers and hose reel coverage are impractical,
effective means for extinguishing fires must be provided.
Where a dry / wet riser or falling main is part of the permanent works, it must be installed
and commissioned as detailed below. If the permanent riser cannot be installed, then
temporary arrangements must be made.
24.10.1 Risers
Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented in relation to risers:
• Construct floor by floor above 18 m (enclosed floors).
• Complete sealed cap with automatic air release valve.
• Landing valves – tagged-on all floors.
• Clear signage.
24.10.2 Maintenance
Contractors must ensure that the following in relation to the inspection and maintenance of
risers:
• Inspect the condition of risers every six months.
• Annually perform a wet test at the top landing valve.
24.11 Fire Safety Coordinator and Wardens

Contractors must ensure a sufficient number of fire coordinators and marshals / wardens are
trained and appointed. Training courses must be carried out by civil defense
approved/accredited providers.
24.11.1 General Duties of Fire Coordinator

Contractors must ensure the appointment of a Fire Coordinator who observes the following
duties:
• Ensure the fire plan is available and up to date.
• Ensure that the requirements of the plan are implemented.
• Ensure that all firefighting equipment is checked and serviced, and that fire exits
and escape. Routes are checked on a regular basis.
• Ensure that nominated fire personnel are adequately trained and details recorded.
• Ensure emergency procedures are displayed and fire exit routes clearly marked.
• Arrange an establishment fire drill at least every six months.
• In the event of a fire or other emergency evacuation, to assume overall control of

and evacuation of the establishment, with fire marshals reporting to them at the
assembly point.
Internal
Internal
• Liaise with the local Civil Defense requirement for carrying out mandatory fire risk
assessments.
24.11.2 General Duties of Fire Marshal / Warden

Contractors must ensure that any appointed fire marshals or wardens observe the following
duties:
• Enforce the requirements of the fire plan.
• Complete recorded daily fire checks of fire points, extinguishers, and escape routes.
• Ensure the Civil Defense is directed to the scene of incident.
• Ensure key personnel/emergency list is updated and assist or direct any muster
arrangements.
• Assist the emergency services where required, giving information on LPG stores,
high voltage cable routes and other relevant information.
24.12 Emergency Services

Contractors must ensure that adequate access is always maintained for emergency services
vehicles. Access must be clear and well maintained and allow access to firefighting services
such as hydrants and to first aid or medical rooms. Access for emergency services must be
part of the project logistics and traffic management plans. Periodic reviews of firefighting
facilities must be undertaken with the Civil Defense and consider the following:
• Any update or replacement of equipment.
• Access locations and relevant construction processes.
• Ensure connections for civil defense satisfy mandatory requirements.
Where possible, civil defense must be used or consulted for appropriate training and
awareness for emergency response.
Grab bags must be maintained at each access point to site and include all relevant
information required by the emergency services.
25 Hot Works
• I will only undertake hot work if a valid permit is in place, and I am aware of the
• I will only undertake hot work if I am trained and authorized.
• I will only undertake hot work if combustible materials have been removed or
protected.
• I will only undertake hot work if a ‘fire watcher’ is in place.
Internal
Internal
• I will only undertake hot work if a suitable fire extinguisher is available at the hot
work location.
• I will only undertake hot work if I am aware of the emergency arrangements.

Contractors must implement for following measures for managing hot works:
• Hot works to be covered within the fire risk assessment, suitably planned,
supervised, and monitored with appropriate emergency arrangements in place.
• Petrol operated plant and tools are not permitted on-site without obtaining approval
from the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner.
• Portable halogen lamps are not permitted for use as task lighting (stand lights).
• Fire resistant materials (i.e., to the fire standard LPS 1207) must be used for the
temporary protection of building finishes, materials, and plant such as Monoflex and
Correx and for the containment, protection of materials delivered to site.
• Unattended sources of potential fire ignition such as bitumen boilers and space
heaters are not permitted.
• Smoking must be at designated points only, these must be labelled and completely
segregated from any flammable or combustible material storage areas.
• The workforce must be adequately trained in the safe use of fire extinguishers.
• A Hot Works Permit procedure must be in place for all types of hot works such as
burning, welding, and abrasive wheel operations. Use of acetylene must only be by
exception and controlled by means of the permit system.
• Compressors must be sited in the open away from other plant and never be petrol
driven.
25.3 Hot Work Activities

Contractors must ensure that all hot works processes likely to produce sources of ignition,
such as burning, grinding, heating, welding, and flame cutting, are controlled using a permit
system. Fire extinguishers must be available at any location where hot works is being
undertaken and a site log for issued permits and locations must be in place.
Contractors must ensure that:

• All flammable and combustible materials are removed from the area where hot
works is to take place.
• Timber floors are protected with non-combustible material.
• Non-combustible (flame-proof) screens are used for welding and cutting operations
or located in such a way to prevent flashes affecting other site users.
• Suitable fire extinguishers and fire watcher are provided.
• Follow-up checks are undertaken on completion; this check must take place at least
1 hour after the hot work has finished.
• Appropriate clothing and PPE are worn.
Internal
Internal
• Only proprietary fittings are used on gas welding equipment.
• All flammable gas or oxygen cylinders are fitted with ‘flash-back’ arrestors and are
only moved on a proprietary trolley with a fire extinguisher nearby or moved with the
cylinders.
• All fuel and oxygen bottles are fitted with appropriate flashback arrestors.
• Full screening to arc welding is available where access to the welding area cannot
be entirely restricted.
26 Energized Systems
• I will only work on an energized system if a valid permit is in place, and I am aware
of the precautions in the permit.
• I will only work on an energized system if I am trained and authorized.
• I will only work on an energized system if all appropriate isolations are in place.
• I will only work on an energized system if a test has been carried out to verify the
effectiveness of the isolation.
• I will only apply and remove my own personal lock and tag.
• I will always use the correct tools and equipment when working on an energized
system.
• I will ensure additional precautions are followed when working on an energized

system that cannot be isolated.

Contractors must develop and issue a project specific electrical safety plan which covers
both temporary and permanent installation arrangements and controls. The plan must be
approved prior to installation of any electrical systems. Contractors must also implement the
following measures:
• All electrical installations must fully comply with current IEE Wiring Regulations
(BS7671: 2018).
• All site temporary electrical systems must be inspected on a regular basis and
tested at three monthly intervals in accordance with the requirements of the IEE
Wiring Regulations
• Contractors must appoint a competent electrical coordinator / duty holder to oversee

the design, installation, testing and maintenance of temporary electrical systems on-
site.
• All electrical equipment used on the worksite must be manufactured in accordance

with internationally recognized standards and installed in accordance with BS 7671
Internal
Internal
• Cables, sockets, connectors and splitters, and sockets must be of an industrial type.
Domestic type cabling, connectors and sockets are prohibited in construction areas.
Jointing of all electrical cables and wires must be by means of proprietary
terminations or connectors / splitters.
26.3 Temporary Power Supply

Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented for any temporary power
supply:
• Transformers, distribution boards and supply panels must be sufficient in number,
and secured to prevent unauthorized access, earthed, and inspected before use by
a competent person.
• All switchgear installed on-site must be positioned as to be always freely accessible

with an isolating switch readily available on the equipment or immediately adjacent.
• All main switchgear must be provided with a facility to be locked in the open (off)
position.
• Wherever possible free-standing mains distribution units must be used to house site
switchgear.
• Where it is not possible to house switchgear in this manner, it must be installed and
protected in a manner that does not expose it to any adverse or hazardous
conditions and secured to prevent unauthorized access.
• There must be one main switch on-site where all site power can be switched off in
case of an emergency. This location must be marked and known to the workforce.
• If power is to be generated on-site, then generators must be earthed and covered,

preferably packaged, to reduce noise.
• All generators must be integrally bunded with a drip tray in place. Fuel stores must
be located in a bunded store. Contractors must install foam fire extinguishers.
• All distribution units must be lockable, IP rated where water ingress is likely,
elevated, fire resistant, identified with a serial number and checked by a competent
electrician.
All supply, distribution and transformer units must be marked with the warning sign (multiple
languages), accompanied by the word DANGER, and indicating the highest voltage likely to
be present (see Figure 6).
Internal
Internal
Figure 6: Warning signs for temporary power supply
26.4 Circuit Breakers

Contractors must ensure that all electrical circuits have protection devices which must be
regularly checked. Electrical designs must consider the use of multiple circuits all with
protective devices to reduce the likelihood of spurious tripping and to ease in the
identification of any faults.
All sockets in use in the construction area with a voltage of more than 110 volts must be
protected by means of individual RCDs with a maximum sensitivity of 30 mA with zero-time
delay.
26.5 Cable Protection

Contractors must ensure that all electrical supply boards, cables, cords, plugs, and sockets
are safe by design for construction use, located or protected so as to avoid becoming a trip
hazard or being physically damaged by vehicles, water, and similar (for example, by
elevation or armor).
Electrical cables must be elevated to avoid the risk of becoming both a trip hazard and a
potential source of electrocution. Any cables elevated above pedestrian or vehicle routes
must be clearly marked to avoid being struck. Consideration must be given to armored
cables in work areas or areas where they may become damaged. When a cable is buried,
suitable protection must be installed. The buried cable should be at least 0.5 meters deep
and within a protective duct or sleeve and marked and recorded at ground level as well as
on the appropriate electrical plans.
Cables must not hang from the steel scaffold / false work. All extraneous metalwork and
exposed conductive parts must be bonded and earthed. Contractors responsible for
temporary distribution must place safety signage on all power distribution systems and
equipment to highlight electrical hazards.
26.6 Electrical Fires

Contractors must assess the risk of electrical fires and implement appropriate precautions to
address any issues, including the provision of adequate number of CO2 extinguishers.
Contractors must, as part of the electrical safety plan, operate a permit-to-work system for
all works involving connection into and/or isolation of the existing temporary electrical
system or incoming power supply.
Internal
Internal
26.7 Electrical Power Tools and Hand Tools

Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented for any use of electrical
power tools and hand tools:
• All electrical portable tools and equipment must operate from a 110-volt supply,
center-tapped and double insulated.
• Specialist operations which require operating voltages of more than 110 volts (230 v
or 415 v) must be notified to and approved by the Project Management Consultant
or Delivery Partner. All such equipment must be protected by a residual current
device and armored cable where necessary and be checked by an approved
electrician before commencing work. All use of such tools is to be controlled through
a permit to work.
• All electrical portable tools and equipment must be inspected ahead of first use and
regularly in accordance with industry best practice and be labelled to show the date
of last test. Any item of equipment that can be connected to an electrical supply by
means of a removable plug must be tested, including both site equipment and office
appliances as well as extension cables. Testing must be completed by a competent
person and records of testing must be maintained. Users of equipment must be
trained and undertake a visual inspection ahead of any use.
• Use of battery-powered tools is preferred.
26.7.1 Delivery to Site

Contractors must ensure that all plant, tools, and equipment delivered to site meets
manufacturers’ requirements, with any safety features and guards in place and in working
order.
All plant, tools and equipment must be inspected on arrival at site / project by a competent
person prior to use. PAT testing on all power tools and appliances prior to colour coding (as
shown in Figure 7) must be completed by a competent person and recorded.
Q1
Q4 Q2
Q3
Figure 7: Colour coding for power tools and appliances
Defective equipment must be rejected and returned to the supplier. In the case of
subcontractors, the requirements related to the use of tools must be clearly communicated
during the pre-construction meeting with the quality of the tools assessed. Contractors must
designate a competent person to inspect electrical tools and equipment on a quarterly basis.
Internal
Internal
26.7.2 Safe Use and Training

Contractors must ensure that all tool and equipment handles are free from splits, cracks and
splinters and wedged where necessary to keep them tight. Any moving or adjustable parts
must be kept oiled. The following measures must also be addressed:
• Screwdrivers must be the correct size to fit the screw head. Do not mix cross head
screws of the Pozi drive and Phillips type. Do not over tighten screws.
• Do not use tools from ladders. If working at height, ensure that a safe work at height
platform is used. Ensure that tools and equipment are not put in places or positions
where they can fall to areas below. Where works overhead is required, ensure that
the area below is cordoned off or suitable protection is put in place to prevent
persons below from being hit by falling tools / equipment.
• Operatives are not permitted to carry sharps in their pockets, e.g., screw drivers,
nails, knifes, etc. Suitable tool belts or similar should be used.
• Only spring mounted, retractable type knifes should be used on site. Where Stanley
knifes or similar are being used, the operative must wear a cutting glove on his
opposite hand (i.e., the hand holding the item being cut). Ensure that cutting edges
are sharpened or removed from service, i.e., do not cut with a blunt edge.
The training requirements for electrical tools and equipment are provided in Table 14.
Table 14: Tools and equipment training requirements
Tool Type Training Requirement Additional Info
Chop Saw Internal + Supplier training Guard not held by tying wire
Angle Grinder Internal + Supplier training Guarding / correct wheel for the
grinder
Consaw Internal + Supplier training Correct wheel for the saw
Welding Set Welder Training + internal Earthing, fire safety
Compactor n/a Ear Protection to be worn
Portable Generator Electrician to maintain Weekly check sheet
Rebar / Bar Bending Internal + Supplier training Pictures to be displayed of trained

persons / access egress and
ergonomics
Block Saw Internal + Supplier training Noise / Dust, location of machine
Cartridge Gun Internal / External + Supplier Care to be taken regarding disposal

of waste
Compressor Internal Whip checks and ear protection
26.7.3 Safe Use of Electrical Hands Tools and Equipment

Contractors must ensure the following measures are implemented for the safe use of
electrical hand tools and equipment:
• All hand tools and small equipment must be manufactured in line with industry
standards, in good condition, free from defects and suitable for the task that it is
required for.
Internal
Internal
• 110v equipment only, to be used on site. Training for specialist tools, such as
cartridge operated tools, abrasive wheels, handheld and bench circular saws and
compressed air driven tools is required. Regular, on-site training must be given to all
operatives using tools and small equipment. This will be in the form of toolbox talks,
or internal module training. If 220v required, then it must be justified within a risk
assessment.
• No Contractor is to use or permit any person to use an explosive powered tool,

unless written approval has been obtained.
• All hazards associated with small tools and equipment must be assessed.
Appropriate control measures must be identified and implemented.
• Safety features (emergency stop / auto shut off devices and triggers) and guards
identified as necessary control measures must be in place and in working order
prior to use.
• All tools and equipment must be stored correctly. Tools and equipment should be
placed in job boxes / toolboxes and stores at the end of the working day.
• Tools / Equipment should not be left in an untidy manner which could cause trip
hazards or congestion in the work area. Pedestrian walkways must not be
congested or blocked by tools and equipment.
• Equipment leads or similar must be kept in such a way that they do not pose slip /
trip hazards in the work area. Position tools / equipment as close to the work area
as possible to reduce the risk of trailing leads.
• Equipment which requires refueling or contains flammable or hazardous substances

must be stored in drip trays while in use and in bunded storage areas when returned
to the stores.
• Plant, tools and equipment without the appropriate safety features and guards must
be removed from site. Users who continue to use such equipment, despite previous
instruction and training, will be subject to retraining and / or disciplinary action.
• Contractors must ensure that operating controls are clearly marked, and that safety
related signage, labels and warning notices are placed on items of plant, tools, and
equipment where possible. Alternatively, safety related signage and safety posters
may be placed in the location of static plant to warn and educate both operators and
those in the vicinity.
• Every tool has its proper application. The correct type, size and weight of tool
should be selected for the job.
• Typical equipment within the scope of this document includes diesel, air and
electrically powered static or hand-held plant, tools, and equipment. Typical
equipment found on the projects includes the items shown in Figure 8.
Internal
Internal
110 Volts
220 Volts
415 Volts
Figure 8: Typical equipment on NEOM projects
26.8 Competency of Electricians

Contractors must ensure that only competent electricians are allowed to work on electrical
circuits and equipment and that proof of qualification is provided:
• Contractors must ensure that proof of qualification for electricians is readily
available at the site / project office.
• Inspection of proof of competence is to be undertaken by the Project Management

Consultant or Delivery Partner to ensure that persons are not placed at risk due to
unqualified persons conducting electrical repairs or installations.
• A licensed electrician must check all electrical equipment including distribution

boards in accordance with an inspection schedule and such inspection must be
recorded in a register of electrical tests.
• Where no licensed electrician is available on-site, the electrical equipment must be

suitably quarantined and signed until such a time that it has been inspected.
Lighting installations must be installed to avoid the risks of electric shock, burns and glare.
An emergency back-up system must be provided to ensure sufficient lighting is available to
aid escape in emergency situations.
Halogen lamps on tripods are not acceptable for task lighting due to fire risk. Halogen lamps
with glass front plate and protective grill are only permitted when fixed to the structure as
area lighting.
As a provision for emergencies, Contractors must ensure that emergency lighting is in place
on all escape routes and staircases. Emergency lighting is often best achieved by use of the
temporary lighting systems with strategically placed battery-operated fluorescent tubes or
bulkhead fittings providing a minimum three-hour performance. Emergency lighting must be
Internal
Internal
inspected with inspections recorded on a register and any actions from inspections
progressed immediately.
26.9 Underground and Overhead Services

Contractors must ensure that overhead power lines and underground services within or
adjacent to the project boundaries are identified within the project Electrical Safety Plan.
Contractors must make all reasonable investigations with the network service provider to
ascertain whether overhead and underground services can be de-energized and/or
relocated.
If work beneath or adjacent to live overhead lines cannot be avoided, the Contractor must
ensure sufficient clearance is allowed to prevent unintended contact with electrical
conductors. Physical barriers (e.g., goalposts) and signage provided. Any work which is
required to be completed adjacent to or in proximity to these services, must be covered with
a specific Risk Assessment and Method Statement, identifying the electrical hazards and
controls required to maintain a safe system of work.
At mobilization stage and or during the pre-mobilization meeting, the locations of overhead
services must be marked. Barriers must be erected no less than 6m distance, parallel to the
lines. The minimum distance may be increased subject to an agreement with the local
electrical authority and may be dependent on the voltage of the overhead line, height of the
line and possibly local weather conditions (see Figure 9). The barriers will be surmounted by
coloured bunting to form an additional warning.
Where plant has to travel under overhead lines, the area where they may pass should be as
small as possible and not more than 9 m wide. This passageway must be clearly defined by
the use of fencing barriers and goalposts across the width of the passageway. The
goalposts will be of rigid construction of a non-conducting material, distinctly marked in order
that they may be clearly identified. Warning notices must be provided on each side of the
passageway advising personnel of the hazard and giving the crossbar clearance in order
that drivers realize they must lower their jibs etc.
Internal
Internal
Figure 9: Sample diagrams showing the locations of overhead services
26.10 Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO)

Contractors must ensure that works on energized electrical and mechanical systems is
prohibited, unless required for testing and commissioning, and a LOTO and Permit to Work
system used to ensure energized systems are locked off and de-energized before work is
conducted on them.
Where works cannot be avoided, the Contractor must develop and issue a project specific
LOTO procedure. The procedure must be issued to the Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner and the Employer for review and approval prior to works commencing.
The procedure must cover, as a minimum, the following points:

• Scope of procedure
• Definitions of terms (energy sources/isolation/system)
• Key personnel (names), roles and competencies
• Responsibilities / Authority
• Permit to work system controls
• Planning, communication, and coordination arrangements
• LOTO equipment to be used. Minimum 2 padlocks
• Procedures prior to isolation, including survey of any live plant
• Isolation procedures for all types of equipment
Internal
Internal
• Completion of task and restoration of energy procedures
• Procedures for incomplete tasks
• Training and competency requirements
• Register of equipment requiring isolation.
The LOTO system requires two or more padlocks fitted to the isolation switch with keys
being held by the operator/maintenance/Supervisor personnel. Their name(s) and reason for
the lock-out is written on the tags attached to the padlock. When the task is completed, the
locks and tags are removed, and power can be restored. Contractors must also implement
the following measures:
• To be effective, tags must be legible and understandable by all employees whose
work operations are or may be in the area.
• Any person working within an energized area must ensure that the energy sources
are positively isolated.
Tags may evoke a false sense of security, and their meaning needs to be understood as
part of the overall energy control program, including associated training.
27 Temporary Works
Contractors must ensure the following critical controls from the NEOM Projects Eltizam
program are always observed:
• I will only erect or dismantle temporary works in accordance with the design,
drawing, specification, and sequence.
• I will ensure that an approved temporary works design is available.
• I will ensure all temporary works materials are in good condition and identified in the
design.
• I will only load or strike temporary works if a permit is in place and I am aware of the
precautions within the permit.
• I will not overload any temporary works.
• I will not access temporary works unless it is safe.
• I will not modify, alter, or dismantle temporary works unless I am trained and
authorized.

Contractors must have a defined Temporary Works (TW) procedure describing how the
risks and hazards associated with temporary works are identified, classified, and controlled.
Procedures must be in accordance with the requirements of BS 5975:2019.
All temporary works must be designed and checked in accordance with Contractor’s own
procedures and, where required, by independent third parties. Contractors are required to
Internal
Internal
issue their temporary works procedure to the Project Management Consultant or Delivery
Partner for review.
The Contractor’s project manager will be the default Temporary Works Coordinator until
such time as Temporary Works Coordinator is appointed.
27.3 Definition of Temporary Works

Contractors must ensure that a structured and systematic approach is adopted to the
management of all temporary works. Temporary works are defined as an “engineered
solution” used to support or protect either an existing structure or the permanent works
during construction, or to support an item of plant or equipment, or the vertical sides or side-
slopes of an excavation during construction operations on site, or to provide access.
Examples include the following:
• Temporary structures, office gantries and protected walkways.
• Hoardings and external perimeter fencing and signage.
• Temporary roads, piling and crane mats, ramps, bridges, and barriers.
• Edge protection.
• Façade retention and temporary support during demolition.
• Excavation supports, dewatering and underpinning schemes.
• Open excavation and rock cuts.
• Tower crane foundations, grillages, and ties.
• Temporary staircases, access scaffold, mobile towers, access cradles.
• Waste chutes.
• Loading towers and gantries.
• Temporary anchor points such as harnesses and winch points.
• Hoist bases and ties.
• Formwork, falsework, and propping.
• Temporary stability of precast and structural frames during erection.
• Preston platforms and any cantilever works.
• Temporary roofs.
Successful management of TW risk involves having competent people, reliable processes,

using quality products and materials. TW co-ordination therefore relies on:
• People requirements:
− Competence (individual and organizational).
− Clear, concise, complete communication.
− Co-operation between parties having clear, defined roles and responsibilities.
− Co-ordinating all functions / tasks, ensuring no conflict.
Internal
Internal
− Diligence and integrity.
− Compliance of supply chains.
• Process to suitable standards:
− Clear identification and definition of all responsibilities.
− Joined up procurement systems.
− Detailed planning and scheduling.
− Design management.
− Inspection, checking and testing plans.
− Monitoring and feedback systems.
− Micro detail overview with macro-overview.
• Product to suitable standards:
− Compliance, certification.
− Condition.
− Completeness.
− Sustainable.
27.4 The Principal Stages of Temporary Works

Contractors must ensure that BS5975 is followed for the management of temporary works.
BS 5975 is an internationally recognized best practice guidance and is seen as the most
appropriate way for companies to develop their own TW systems and procedures, to ensure
implementation during design and on site, and to ensure the competence and formal
appointment of the necessary people to achieve this.
Every element of temporary works is developed through five stages, which the code
reinforces. These include the following:
1. Concept: The Initial concept stage, in which all potential solutions are considered, a
preferred solution is accepted, and all information of relevance (including particular
site conditions) is assembled so that either a designer can be engaged, or the
selection of a suitable standard solution can be made.
2. Design: Only when this is complete can the design stage commence, and the
designer delivers a design solution, compliant with the concept and brief from the
project, which is suitably checked and approved for construction.
3. Install: The installation stage cannot start without such approval, and once all
necessary equipment or conditions have been assembled. This stage continues until
a competent person has checked the installation for completeness and compliance
with the design, so that permission can be given for the TW to be put into use.
4. Use: The TW then does its job, being accessed, loaded, or used in the way that the
design intended. Adequate monitoring is necessary to ensure continued design
compliance. If the TW cannot achieve the intended performance, or if other alterations
are required, the work must stop, and the change be referred to the designer.
Internal
Internal
5. Dismantle: Ultimately once the TW has served its purpose, permission can be given
for it to be dismantled and removed, if stability of both permanent and temporary
structures is ensured at all points.
A risk of failure of the works is increased if any of these stages are not completed correctly,
and that permission to proceed from one stage to the next must be withheld until all is as it
should be. BS5975 details the various steps to be taken to satisfy these requirements.
27.5 Key Roles and Responsibilities
27.5.1 Designated Individual

Projects Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must appoint a
Designated Individual (DI). The DI is responsible for the establishment of and maintenance
of a Temporary Works Procedure for all the works undertaken by the organization.
• Contractor: The DI will be the Chief Engineer or the Operations Director, or

someone with a similar competence and authority.
• PMC or Delivery Partner: The DI will usually be a Senior Resident Engineer or an

individual with an understanding of the construction projects and the technical
obligations and management procedures.
• Designers: The DI will usually be the Senior Designer within the Organization.
27.5.2 Temporary Works Coordinator (TWC)

Contractors must appoint a TWC in line with the following:
• Must be formally appointed in writing.
• The TWC must have no other duties or roles.
• To co-ordinate all TW activities to ensure the safety and engineering compliance by

verifying that all steps as described below are correctly completed.
• The TWC should be the first point of contact between the designer and the site
team for all temporary works matters.
• To ensure that loadings from temporary works which may affect the permanent
works are accepted by the permanent works designers.
• To be responsible for ensuring the temporary works design is implemented in

accordance with the relevant drawings, specifications, codes, standards, and
RAMS.
• To review TW proposals from the design team and subcontractor / suppliers.
• To ensure that company Temporary Works procedures are being implemented.
• To halt the works when the temporary works is in a state constituting a safety risk.
• To be the controller of hold points and be the one person on site who can grant
permission to proceed.
• Register and record all TW elements and the key stages / hold points achieved.
Internal
Internal
27.5.3 Temporary Works Supervisors (TWS)

Contractors must appoint a TWS in line with the following:
• Must be formally appointed in writing.
• Assist the TWC with clear and agreed delegation of responsibilities to sign off permit
to load/unload. The extent and complexity of which is matched to the experience of
the TWS.
• Assist the TWC during the planning and design.
27.6 Key Principles of the Temporary Works Procedure
27.6.1 Pre-start activities

Contractors must ensure that effective arrangements are in place for pre-start activities,
including consideration of the following:
• A clear set of procedures and/or systems should ensure completeness, compliance,
and uniformity across Stakeholders. The code does not provide a standard set of
procedures but gives guidance to Stakeholders on how to go about achieving this.
• Appointments: TWC’S and TWS’s.
• For each site, the main Contractor must appoint a designated TWC, to be
responsible for the implementation of their organization’s temporary works
procedures and those of all other Contractors involved in the project, directly or
indirectly in their employ.
One or more TWS may be appointed to assist the TWC, as long as the appointment details
the tasks delegated, and the limits of their authority for the role.
Both TWC and TWS need to have relevant up to date training, qualifications, and
experience appropriate to the complexity of the project. As there are numerous types of TW
which have specific training courses this means evidence of competence must often rely on:
• Evidence of previous successful experience of the proposed TWC.
• Formal training in the principles of TW co-ordination.
• An understanding of the structural engineering principles involved.
• Appropriate skills/qualities, such as authority / assertiveness, good communication

skills, attention to detail, leadership skill, a procedural approach etc.
The items listed below are the main aspects of temporary works for which responsibility
must be established as early as possible by the TWC: Once appointed therefore, the TWC
must ensure that:
• The necessary actions for each element of TW have been allocated to someone
competent.
• This person accepts the need to comply with the agreed procedures and
communicate as necessary with the TWC.
• They have been given the authority to take and enforce decisions on behalf of their
organization.
Internal
Internal
27.6.2 Concept Stage Activities

Projects Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors must ensure that
effective arrangements are in place for concept stage activities:
• Identification of each element of temporary works can commence at permanent
works design stage, but usually starts to get more detailed at estimating stage.
Upon contract award, detailed planning will facilitate a more comprehensive list of
all TW needs on a site. Early identification should ensure the maximum available
time for development of each TW element.
• N.B. An element of TW is a particular engineered solution needed to reduce /

remove a construction risk, and could be a single design, selection of a particular
standard design or proprietary equipment.
If each element of TW is listed in a register, then the stages it needs to be developed

through can be planned, monitored, and recorded, resulting in a single document for all TW
on the site.
This is the summary of the concept stage for each TW element which needs design by
calculation, and therefore needs to comprise all documents and related information,
sketches, site conditions, etc. necessary for the designer to produce an adequate solution;
the brief should therefore be detailed and recorded in writing.
The TW brief should include both temporary and permanent works designers and the TW
Supervisors in its preparation.
Information to be included in the TW design brief must include:

• Names and responsibilities of the parties involved in the TW element (e.g., TW
designer, TWC, Design checker, permanent works designer).
• Relevant permanent works design drawings, and relevant clauses from the
specification of the permanent works.
• Particular standards or guidance to be used by the TW designer, particularly when

there is a choice of design approach available.
• Program and sequence for the construction of the permanent works to which the
TW relates.
• TW design program for the various phases of the design, design check, any
external approvals, and procurement and erection of the temporary works.
• The methodology assumptions made on site such as imposed loads of construction

activity, access, and working space.
• Information relating to the preferred timings for the removal or striking of the TW
based on maintaining the structural integrity of the permanent works.
• Any requirements for access onto, under, or around the permanent works.
• Requirements for access for erection, maintenance, use and dismantling of the TW
and for other site activities.
• Any requirements for public access or protection.
• Preferred solutions, equipment, or materials available for use.
Internal
Internal
• Proposals for any moving and re-use of TW.
• Topography and location of the site and other information relevant to the
assessment of wind loadings.
• Site investigation data and reports relating to the areas under and adjacent to the
foundations of the TW. This should include information on all underground and
overhead services.
• Any limitations on the stage construction of the works due to positioning of

construction joints, sequencing of pours, rates of pour, etc.
• Any requirements for pre-cambering or residual camber.
• Loads that may have been induced in the TW by the permanent works designer that
have been completed, such as the application of staged post tensioning, load re-
distribution and any movements of significance including any settlements or
deflections that can be anticipated from the permanent works as load is
progressively increased.
The design brief should be communicated using a standard form, to which all relevant
information is attached. It is important that the form includes a detailed list of all such
information.
It is the responsibility of the TWC to ensure that the TW design brief is adequate and
complete as any relevant omission could jeopardize the sufficiency of the TW, irrespective
of the competence of the designer.
The TWC approves the design brief, and dispatches to the TW designer to commence the
design stage.
27.6.3 Design Stage Activities

effective arrangements are in place for design stage activities:
27.6.3.1 TW Design (TWD)

The TWD must comply fully with the design brief, and to “best practice” as described in
relevant standards, codes, and guidance. BS5975 section 3 gives guidance on the design
methods for falsework and reference to some other guidance for different kinds of TW.
The design must result in a solution which is:

• Adequate in terms of support of all identified loadings.
• Stable in terms of any transverse components of loading.
• Resistant to progressive collapse and ability to topple.
• Founded safely on the supporting medium.
Design deliverables are the communication of the designers TW solution to the constructor,
and may include calculations, sketches, drawings, specifications, design risk assessment
(particularly any residual risks), and if necessary, a designers method statement for the
temporary works scheme, or instructions for the assembly and dismantling of the work.
Internal
Internal
It is important to note that the design stage covers selection of simple, standard solutions for
temporary works, which have already been designed, based on standard solutions and
loadings. Anyone who specifies or alters a standard design, or who specifies the use of a
particular method of work or selection of proprietary equipment is considered a designer.
27.6.3.2 Design Check (TWDC)

Every TW design should be checked by someone independent of the original designer, and
the more complexity and risk involved in the TW design, the more independent that checker
needs to be. BS5975 suggests four categories of TW (see Table 15) and the independence
required to help decide who should carry out the check for each element of TW, bearing in
mind that the check should include:
• Concept: have all factors been considered.
• Adequacy: have appropriate standards and methods of analysis been used.
• Correctness: does the design ensure stability in all directions.
• Compliance: with the requirements of the design brief.
For category 2 and 3 designs, the TWDC should not refer to the designer’s calculations but
should carry out original analysis as above.
Table 15: BS5975 categories of TW
Independence of
Category Scope Comment checker
0 Restricted to standard This applies to the use of Because this is a site

solutions only, to ensure standard solutions and not issue, the check may
the site conditions do not the original design, which be carried out by
conflict with the scope or requires both structural another member of
limitations of the chosen calculation and checking to the site or design
standard solution. These Category 1, 2 or 3, as team
may include standard appropriate
trench boxes.
1 For simple designs. Such designs would be The check may be

These may include undertaken using simple carried out by another
formwork, falsework, methods of analysis and be member of the design
needling and propping to in accordance with the team
brickwork openings in relevant standards,
single storey construction supplier’s technical literature
or other reference
publications
Internal
Internal
Independence of
Category Scope Comment checker
2 On more complex or Category 2 checks would The check should be

involved designs. Designs include designs where a carried out by an
for excavations including considerable degree of individual not
excavation support using interpretation of loading or involved in the design
sheet piles, for soils’ information is required and not consulted by
foundations, for structural before the design of the the designer
steelwork connections, for foundation or excavation
reinforced concrete. support, or slope is carried
Designs where stability is out
obtained by restraint at
the top of the temporary
works (e.g., top restrained
falsework)
3 For complex or innovative These designs include The check should be

designs, which result in unusual designs or where carried out by another
complex sequences of significant departures from organization and
moving and/or standards, novel methods of should include an
construction of either the analysis or considerable overall check to
temporary works or exercise of engineering assure co-ordination
permanent works. It also judgment is involved of the whole design
includes basement
excavations and tunnels
The TWDC needs to be as competent (or more so) than the designer but is not the actual
approver of the design (responsibility of the adequacy of the design remains with the TWD).
The checker advises the TWD of any perceived flaws or omissions in the design or confirms
that there are no such problems. This is typically undertaken using a design check
certificate, which could include:
• Details of the scheme, the parties involved, and the element of TW being designed.
• A statement from the designer that due diligence has been applied to the design.
• Confirmation of the deliverables and documents received for checking.
• The category of design check.
• Any comments or statements from the TWDC.
• Signed statement from the TWDC that due diligence has been applied in checking
the design.
• Outcome of the design check.
Then on confirmation that the design check is satisfactory:

• Countersigned by the designer.
The check in cases of simple TW with no design by calculation (i.e., standard solutions), is
to ensure that the site conditions or work intentions do not exceed the limitations, exclusions
or constraints of the standard design or equipment chosen:
• Illustration of TW categories
Internal
Internal
• RAMS
Specific TW requirements for these must include:

• Permanent and temporary works designers residual risk assessments (design risk
assessments).
• Limitations and constraints of designs, particularly loadings.
• Instructions and/or sequencing for both the installation and dismantling of the TW,
including any checks/tests required.
• Inspection/test plans for installation and dismantling of TW.
• Details of any proprietary equipment and instructions for its use.
• Risk assessments associated with and site activity.
• The necessary regime for inspections of the TW during installation and use.
Permission to install:
• Can be given by the TWC when the design has been approved for construction, and
the MS is approved and understood by the TWS and installation team.
27.6.4 Installation Stage Activities

effective arrangements are in place for installation stage activities:
27.6.4.1 Procurement
Procurement of materials and/or equipment should start when the TWC confirms that the
design has been approved, but pre-installation checks should include:
• Ensuring they are supplied in accordance with the designers’ specifications i.e.,
compliant with the design.
• Checking for completeness.
• Checking they are free of damage and in good condition.
• There is a competent Supervisor.
27.6.4.2 Installation
Once permission to install and procurement are complete and signed off, the actual
installation can commence under the control of the competent TWS, who understands and
implements the design and MS requirements. In all cases rigor should be applied to interim
checks during partial completion of installation to ensure compliance, stability, and accuracy
always.
27.6.4.3 Completeness check

The completeness check must be carried out by the person most competent to do so, either
the appointed TWS or TWC. This check is comprehensive and not a rudimentary visual
scan. For example, falsework to be loaded must have a physical bolt by bolt, connection and
overall review. All completeness checks should confirm that the design requirements have
been carried out in full.
Internal
Internal
27.6.4.4 Permission to load / bring into use

The completeness check of an element of TW does not mean it can now be
loaded/accessed/used. The TWC will be aware of any other associated elements or activity
which must also be completed before this can happen. It is therefore only the TWC who can
permit the use stage to commence once all installation activities are complete, signed off
and/or certified as necessary. This permission stage is usually referred to as the Permit to
Load/Bring into Service.
27.6.5 Use Stage Activities

effective arrangements are in place for use stage activities:
27.6.5.1 Monitoring in use

Supervision continues to ensure the temporary works remain in the same condition and
state as when installation as checked and signed off. The regime of regular inspections and
checks (as indicated on the TWR) should ensure this, with particular attention to:
• Deterioration in condition of materials or equipment over time.
• Required maintenance of the equipment.
• Faults or damage arising in use.
• Abuse by persons accessing the TW.
In all such cases the TW should be taken out of service until the fault is rectified.
Some monitoring intervals may be statutory (e.g., scaffolds at a maximum of 7 days, live
excavations at start of shift) others are at the discretion of the TWC, the TW designer, and
others. The monitoring regime should be set prior to completion of installation at the latest.
27.6.5.2 Alterations
Alterations can arise during installation of the TW (e.g., due to unforeseen obstacles or
changing circumstances to those briefed to the designer) or during the use of the TW (e.g.,
variations instructed additional loadings realized). In all cases, the work must not continue
until the new circumstances or requirements are referred to the designer and resolved.
27.6.6 Dismantling Stage Activities

effective arrangements are in place for dismantling stage activities:
27.6.6.1 Permission to dismantle

The criteria for deciding when the TW can be removed are usually site management rather
than TWC based. It may be that the permanent works is complete and snagged, or it may
require other test results to confirm that the permanent works is self-supporting. Once this
has been confirmed the TWC will give permission to dismantle. This permission stage is
referred to as the Permit to Unload / Strike.
27.6.6.2 Dismantling
Under competent supervision and in accordance with the method statement, so that stability
of both temporary and permanent works is always ensured. Partly dismantled TW is likely to
Internal
Internal
be less stable by definition, and therefore methodology or temporary support will be required
to mitigate the risk.
28 Safe Use of Explosives and Blasting

• I will follow all precautions in the drill and blast design and risk assessment.
• I will ensure all explosives are transported, stored, and handled safely.
• I will only enter a blast zone if I am trained and authorized.
• I will withdraw to the designated safe distance during blasting.
• I will comply with all warning signs and signals during blasting.
• I will follow all precautions in the risk assessment in the event of a misfire.
• I will ensure unwanted or surplus explosives are safely disposed.
• I will ensure I am aware of all emergency arrangements.

Contractors must ensure that the risks associated with blasting operations are effectively
assessed and stringent precautions maintained, including effective communication and
coordination with all parties, including the Saudi Ministry of Interior and Police.
Before any work involving explosives is planned and carried out the Contractor, must
employ, either directly, or through an approved explosive specialist company, a competent
person with sufficient knowledge and experience to oversee the work. The competent
person appointed must ensure the planning, documentation, and implementation of
precautions.
The use, storage and transportation, and disposal of explosives must be risk assessed. The
assessment must be suitable and sufficient, and completed by those who have adequate
knowledge and experience to properly understand and plan the work. The main risks
associated with the use of explosives must be addressed, including unplanned fire and
explosion, release of toxic fumes and flying particles.
Before explosives are used, a written safe system of work, applicable specifically to the site,
must be prepared. The responsibilities of persons with specific duties, such as Explosives
Engineers, Supervisors, Shot firers and Sentries must be detailed in writing. Contractors
must ensure that Supervisors and Shot firers are competent to carry out their work. The
British Standard (BS 5607) provides detailed guidance in relation to general explosive
matters and specifically works involving tunnelling, shaft sinking, demolition, underwater
blasting, and land excavation.
When the system of work is being prepared, consideration must be given to the following
matters:
• Blasting Specification BS 5607 deals with the requirement for a Method Statement
in reference to the charging plan. In practice, this requires that the “explosives
Internal
Internal
engineer” or other competent person will produce a blast design taking into
consideration the risks identified in the site survey, the geology of the material to be
blasted, the exclusion zone to be achieved and any blast protection required.
• The design must also set out the number of shot holes, position, depth and
diameter, type and weights of explosives, the charge and stemming. Time delays
(detonators) and sequencing must also be described. The blast design will inform
the blast charge schedule.
• It may be appropriate to carry out a trial blast to confirm how the target responds to
the blasting regime being considered.
• The preparation of Explosives Rules, based on the safe system of work, written in a
manner that can be easily understood by the workforce.
The rules and system of work must include:
• The Shot Firer must make sure that the drilled hole pattern and the charging and
stemming conforms to the blasting plan.
• The banning of cigarettes, matches and naked lights within a radius of 10m from
explosives and detonators.
• The prohibition of drilling into old sockets, as these may contain explosives or
detonators, which may be detonated by a drill.
• The use of only wooden rods for charging and stemming shot holes.
• Shot holes should be a minimum of 3mm larger than the cartridge diameter for
normal holes and 13mm for deep holes. Before charging, shot holes must be proved
clear by inserting a stemming rod to the bottom.
• Cartridges must be inserted into the holes one at a time, and stemming should be
completed only with suitable material, e.g., sand, clay, gypsum, etc.
• As high explosives are initiated by the application of a powerful localized shock,

exposure to any deliberate, accidental, or random compressive action must be
prevented.
• The shot firing circuit must be tested (electrical initiation only).
• The establishment of a suitable exclusion zone.
• The posting and duties of sentries.
• The provision and maintenance of warning signs.
28.3 Planning
Contractors must ensure that before any work involving the use of explosives is started, a
detailed survey is undertaken of the site and its adjoining areas. Where earthworks,
tunnelling or demolition are involved, relevant information can be obtained from British
Standards 6031, 6164 and 6187, respectively.
Special attention must be given to the character and structure of the geographical strata to
ensure that they are not likely to transmit ground vibration to areas where it is likely to cause
damage. The effect on utilities, including underground and overground services, must be
Internal
Internal
carefully considered. The survey must include the taking of photographs particularly where
there is already evidence of movement or damage.
For all drilling and blasting activities on site, the following documentation is to be reviewed
and approved by the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and formally
submitted to NEOM Projects:
• Blasting Risk Assessment and Method Statement – a detailed RAMS specific to the
scope.
• Blasting Plan detailing the prevailing geology, peak particle velocity (PPV) calculation,
blast pattern, hole depth/orientation/diameter, maximum instantaneous charge (MIC),
explosive types, stemming, firing sequence, persons in charge, sentries, exclusion
zones, etc.
• Magazine Operation Plan outlining the operating procedures for the magazine,
including the transfer of explosives to and from the magazine, both externally from the
supplier and internally to the blast face to ensure explosives are transported and
stored without risk of theft, loss, or uncontrolled initiation.
• Face mapping report detailing the geological mapping of the face to be blasted to
inform the blast design.
• Post blast record of the condition of the face post blasting to include details of
overbreak, fragmentation, misfires, blast fume, air over pressure, fly rock, PPV results
where sensitive receivers are present and any other useful information that can
improve safety and blasting efficiency. This record must be signed off by the person
in charge.
• Temporary Rock Support Records, signed off by the person in charge, confirming that
scaling has been completed, details of the temporary rock support to be installed and
a signed record of what is in fact installed.
• Explosives Demand Plan, a calculation of the explosives required to complete the

scope by type and S Curve to be updated as the works progress to track usage and
future requirements.
• Blasting Schedule of the blasts to be undertaken to complete the scope, to be

updated and communicated as required.
• A comprehensive list of all persons working with explosives from transport, charging,
blasting and post blast checks with full names, nationality, and IQAMA number.
28.4 Notifications
Contractors must ensure that prior notice of the intention to use explosives is given to all
those who may be affected. For example, Contractors and projects adjacent to blasting
locations, utility services providers and other residents.
28.5 Storage
Contractors must ensure that the movement of explosives into and out of stores is recorded,
and there is a formal procedure for accepting delivery of explosives and for checking that
they conform to the contents of any carriage and advice note. It is essential to ensure that
detonators are stored separately from other explosives.
Internal
Internal
No person may transfer explosives to another person unless the transferee has an
Explosive Certificate certifying the individual(s) to be a fit person to acquire explosives.
Explosives stores must be kept clean and free from grit. Rubber overshoes must be kept in
each store and worn by people who are not wearing rubber soled footwear.
Iron or steel implements must not be taken into explosives stores and no naked lights or
other means of ignition should be taken within 25m of them. The issuing of explosives must
be restricted to persons who have been authorized in writing by the appropriate Manager.
All reasonable precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized access to the explosives.
28.6 Transport
Contractors must ensure that the transport of explosives is carefully planned and that any
transportation vehicles meet the following requirements:
• Vehicles are suitable, having regard to the type of explosives and quantity of
explosives carried, quantity limits for various types of explosives are also imposed.
• Restrictions on the carriage of loads of mixed explosives are met.
• Vehicles and containers are clearly marked, except where small quantities of certain
types of explosives are carried.
• Written, specified information about the load must be kept on the vehicle.
• All reasonable steps are implemented to ensure safe and secure carriage.
• Detailed guidance is provided on quantities of explosives which may be carried.
When explosives are transported on site, only sufficient explosives for the work in hand
must be drawn from the explosives store, and the vehicle carrying the explosives must go
directly to the shot holes.
Explosives must be transported to the tunnel face in a clearly marked special mine car, lined
with timber, and having top or side lids fitted with padlocks. Explosives must not be carried
on the driving locomotive itself.
28.7 Mixing on Site

Contractors must ensure that the manufacturer’s advice is always followed in relation to the
mixing process, including the provision and use of suitable equipment and appropriate
mixing ratios.
28.8 Use of Explosives

Contractors must ensure that robust arrangements are implemented to ensure that nobody
is exposed to risk of injury from the use of explosives, including flying material. In addition,
persons undertaking the drilling of shot holes must be protected from the dangers
associated with work at edges from which there is a risk of falling, dust from the drilling
process, unguarded dangerous parts of machinery and the rupture of large diameter
compressed air hoses. These are normally chained at the coupling to prevent them snaking
about in the event of a burst.
28.9 Pre-blasting Signals

Contractors must ensure that before any blasting takes place, both audible and visual
signaling systems, giving warning of blasting operations, are established. These must be
Internal
Internal
explained and publicized through site induction training, site rules and clearly visible signs
affixed at the entrances to the site.
Audible warnings must consist of a series of readily recognisable signals, which have a
distinctive sound. Visual signs should take the form of clearly painted notices posted on all
access roads and sited outside the danger area. Sentries should be posted with clear
instructions as to when they can stop access to the site and when they can allow access.
28.10 Electrical Shot Firing

Contractors must ensure that any electrical detonation allows shot firing from a remote
location and controls the precise instant of firing, thus increasing the safety factor. In
addition, the use of timing delay detonators in the firing circuit significantly reduces the
levels of vibration. The method is generally used as a number of shot holes can be
connected together and fired as a group.
The making up of primed charges should normally be undertaken by the shot firer
immediately prior to charging. A non-ferrous pricker must be used for piercing the explosive,
making it ready to receive the detonator. On no account must any other form of pricker be
used. Detonators must be firmly secured to the primer cartridge in such a manner as to
prevent the detonator or wire becoming detached or damaged. The ends of the detonator
leads must remain twisted together until all holes have been charged.
All rock surfaces, rails, metal objects, cables etc. must be considered as potential sources of
stray current and great care must be taken to prevent detonator lead wires coming into
contact with them. Good connection of the detonator leads, connecting wire and shot firing
cables is essential. Before attempting to fire a shot electrically, the shot firer must test the
continuity of the circuit with a suitable, calibrated instrument before he connects the firing
cable to the exploder.
This testing procedure must be carried out only after all persons have left the shot firing area
and the shot firer is in the firing position. The removable handle of the exploder must be
always kept in the shot firer’s possession. The handle may be inserted into the exploder
immediately prior to firing only and it must be withdrawn immediately after firing. After the
shot has been fired, the appointed shot firer must inspect the area of the blast for misfires,
or any other sort of danger, before allowing people to return to the area.
28.11 Drilling and Charging

Contractors must ensure that drilling patterns adhere to the agreed profile. All shot holes
should terminate at the same vertical plane, except those drilled for cut shots and easers. If
the presence of gas is suspected, tests should be made at the mouth of each shot hole, and
within 9m of the face prior to charging. Plastic water stemming, water stemming under
pressure, or water gel capsules reduce dust and toxic fumes.
If possible, explosives with non-toxic characteristics should be used in tunnelling operations.

No explosives or blasting accessories should be conveyed to the face until all drilling
operations for the round to be charged have been completed. A common cause of severe
accidents with explosives in tunnelling results from drilling into sockets containing explosives
which were not fired in the previous round. It is essential that drilling into such sockets be
avoided, and careful inspection of the face after a blast is essential.
Internal
Internal
28.12 Scaling Down Faces

Contractors must ensure particular attention to scaling down faces, where shot-firing
operations are likely to leave fragments of loose material on the face. Material can fall and
cause injury particularly where inclined, sloping rock beds in tunnelling are concerned.
These must therefore be removed or stabilized before any work involving an approach to the
face (where there is a risk from falling material) can begin. A MEWP can provide an effective
platform for scaling down and the Shot firer should not allow anyone to approach a face until
satisfied that the face has been inspected and loose material cleared.
28.13 Misfires
Contractors must ensure that if an initiated charge fails to fire, the shot firer follows the
correct pre-agreed procedures as detailed in the Blasting RAMS.
28.14 Disposal of Explosives

Contractors must ensure that all explosives are disposed of safely and in a designated area.
Extreme care must be taken in the disposal of unwanted, or apparently deteriorated
explosives. Explosives should be returned to manufacturers or suppliers, with the burning of
explosives undertaken in accordance with an approved safe system of work.
29 Working on or Near Water

• I will only work on or near water if a valid permit is in place and I am aware of the
• I will only work on or near water if I am trained and authorized.
• I will only work on or near water if a rescue plan is in place and the rescue
equipment is available.
• I will follow the buddy system when working on or near water
• I will use designated access and egress to watercraft.
• I will only perform tasks in a designated work zone.
• I will always obey the boat coxswain.
• I will always wear my life jacket.

Contractors must ensure that the risks associated with working on, over or near water are
adequately assessed and robust precautions maintained throughout operations, including
the necessary emergency arrangements.
• A detailed risk assessment must be carried out prior to any works near, on or over
water.
Internal
Internal
• The local weather forecast (including sea forecast) must be assessed before the
start of work every day.
• Construction Manager / Superintendent decides whether the planned works are

appropriate given the weather forecasted for that day. Weather conditions such as
fog, rising winds, sea mist and rain are all potential dangers which must be
considered when the decision is being made about the planned works.
• Work should not go ahead if there is any doubt about the suitability of weather
conditions or suspended immediately if there is a change of weather conditions
during the works.
• Select suitable locations for lifebuoys and erect warning signage. Erect warning
signage at all edges and boundaries of water.
• Ensure that adequate lighting is erected so that the lit area includes the immediate
adjacent water surface to assist personnel accessing / disembarking from a boat
and also to allow for rescuing a person should they fall into the water from e.g., at
the quayside etc.
• All platforms and guardrails must be inspected.
• Boards (along gangways or platforms over water) must be secured so that they
cannot get dislodged by rising water or high tides.
• For marine works ensure that others who may be affected by the works are kept
informed. Direct contact should be made to local yacht clubs, fishermen and other
users, etc.
• It is often impossible to fence off the site completely at the site boundaries due to
the nature of the work area e.g., a working quay/dock. In these cases, the
immediate work area must be fenced off with pedestrian barriers or similar.
• Lifejackets must be worn by everyone that is likely to fall into water. They must be
formally inspected every 12 months. Those wearing life jackets must be trained in
their proper use and maintenance.
• Good housekeeping should be given special priority in areas close to water as

anything that could cause tripping close to the edge is to be avoided.
• A rescue boat must be provided where there is a risk of operatives being swept
away by the tide or where rescue from the shore is not possible.
• All offshore workers must be trained in emergency procedures and arrangements.
• For night-time working operatives must be provided with chemical light sticks and
the rescue boat must be fitted with high powered search lights.
• All operatives are to be provided with a lifejacket equipped with a whistle and
emergency light.
• Life buoys must be provided with a 30m lifeline and at distances not exceeding
60m.
• Daily checks should be made to ensure that lifebuoys and rescue lines are still in
their proper place and that no repair work is required because of vandalism or other
interference.
Internal
Internal
• No lone working near, on or over water.
• Walkways, work areas, etc. around water must be sufficiently illuminated.
• Housekeeping in areas near, over or on water must be maintained to the highest of

standards to prevent slips, trips or falls into water.
29.3 Rescue Boat

Contractors must ensure that the following measures are implemented in relation to rescue
boats:
• Suitable rescue boat or safety boats will be needed in most situations when working
over or near to tidal or flowing water. The boat provided must be of appropriate size
and power as required by tidal/current and weather conditions. The boat should be
chosen to enable people to be lifted or pulled from the water into the boat.
Obviously, crafts with inflatable sponsions and low freeboard have an advantage
over the traditional type of vessel in this respect. The type of boat and number of
crew will depend on the location. In tidal waters two crew members will be
necessary, one to facilitate rescue and the other to maneuver the boat. A risk
assessment should be undertaken and, where possible, mitigation measures should
be put in place to avoid operatives falling in the water in the first place rather than
providing a safety boat.
• For work in tidal water a power-driven craft is essential - with a fixed self-starting
device on the motor. Engines of powered crafts, when not patrolling, should be run
several times a day to ensure full efficiency. All rescue boats should carry three oars
or paddles to cater for losing one overboard. Rowlocks should be removable and on
retaining lines so that they can hang from the side without being lost. Boats should
be fitted with grab lines and carry at least one approved lifebuoy, boathook, baler,
anchor, and suitable warp. Two-way communication between boat and shore is
essential and a portable marine radio must be provided for this purpose. For night
work a suitable spotlight should be fitted.
• Safety boats must be manned continuously whilst work is in progress and operated
by experienced / qualified boatmen who are trained first aiders. Whether first aid
treatment can be given on the rescue boat, will depend on its size and the state of
the rescued person. Boats should at least carry a basic first aid bag or box
containing a means of cleaning wounds. Sterile wound dressings and some
bandages, a manual resuscitator, and blankets. All first-aid equipment on board
should have waterproof protection.
• Boatmen must always wear at least 150N standard, self-inflating life jackets and be
provided with a waterproof bib and brace plus a waterproof harsh weather protective
over-jacket.
• Safety boats should not be used to run errands to and from the shore unless two
boats are provided as they must be on station whenever persons are carrying out
work.
• A weekly inspection must be carried out on each craft by its operator.
Internal
Internal
29.4 Life Saving Equipment
29.4.1 Personal Floatation Devices (Life Jackets)

Contractors must ensure that the following measures are implemented for Personal flotation
Devices (PFDs):
• All persons working near, on or over the water must wear a personal flotation device
(life jacket). PFDs which are manually inflated must be capable of supporting, as
minimum, an unconscious person, face upwards, within 5 seconds of entering the
water. 10 seconds if it is automatically inflated. The persons head must be
supported, and their mouth and nose kept above the water.
• All PFD’s must be formally inspected every 12 months and have a weekly visual
inspection. Both inspections must be recorded. Defective PFD’s must be removed
from service immediately until such a time that they can be repaired or destroyed.
29.4.2 Lifebuoys (Life Rings)

Contractors must ensure that the following measures are implemented for Lifebuoys:
• Lifebuoys, with lifelines of no less than 30-meter lengths, must be provided in
conspicuous areas close to the works. The lifelines should have a knot every
3 meters to allow for easy hand holding. The lifebuoys should be placed at a
maximum distance of 60 meters apart.
• Daily checks must be made to ensure that lifesaving / rescue equipment is in the
proper place and that no repair work is required because of vandalism or other
interference.
29.4.3 Marine Crafts

Contractors must ensure that the following measures are implemented for marine crafts:
• Passenger-carrying crafts must be appropriate for the number of persons required
to be transported. Such crafts must be marked with the number of persons they are
intended to carry and where appropriate the limits of operation.
• Any self-propelled marine vessel including vessels fitted with outboard motors must
be registered with MOT in KSA.
• First aid facilities must be available on-board and under the charge of a trained first
aider.
• Crafts should be suitably manned as per current regulations.
• Select designated berthing locations for the crafts and designated access and
egress points which are safe for site personnel. Only these designated berthing
locations are to be used. Erect signage to this effect at those points. A designated
boatman should also be chosen and appointed.
• Barges, pontoons, etc., used as working platforms, must be fit for purpose, properly
constructed and sufficiently stable to avoid tipping over. Hired equipment must be
accompanied by a recent Insurer’s Inspection Report. Remedial work detailed in the
report must have been completed before the vessel is accepted. Attention must be
paid to good anchorage and ballasting; point loads near the edge of these vessels
should be avoided to ensure stability. Open edges on barges, pontoons, uni-floats
etc. must be protected by double guardrails.
Internal
Internal
• Inter-vessel transfer should be avoided wherever possible. Access should be

restricted to port areas where it can be more safely controlled.
• Where inter-vessel transfer must take place, e.g., from work boat to barge, the
design and provision of good quality foot and hand holds with good gripping
surfaces along with the provision and wearing of the correct type of life jacket can
significantly reduce the likelihood of accidents and serious injury occurring.
• Work boats, rescue boats must be in good order and the use of them comply with
safety procedures e.g., lifebuoy on board, etc.
• Barges should have radio contact via a VHF radio with other marine craft and the
site office. Both the radio and the operator must be licensed.
• A weekly inspection must be carried out on each craft by its operator.
• Sufficient, safe, and suitable means of access to the particular marine vessel are
available for the use of all operatives passing to and from the vessel. The means of
access is of sound material and construction and adequate strength, be securely
installed and maintained in a good state of repair. Means of access are, wherever
possible, constructed in accordance with international standards. The means of
access is so placed as to ensure that no loads pass over it, be placed in such a way
that it is not blocked or obstructed. It must not be placed on or near a crane track,
railway track or other route in the port where it could be struck by moving traffic on
that track or route.
• Where the freeboard of the ship is too low to allow normal access equipment to be
used, the ship is moored in a position where the fixed ladders in the quay walls can
be safely used for access.
• Life buoys, grab ropes, etc. are placed near / at the designated access points.
Warning and directional signage is implemented to advise operatives of the safe
access points for marine vessels.
• Access to marine vessels via areas other than the designated access points is
strictly prohibited.
• Boarding marine vessels from rock armor, etc. is not permitted under any
circumstances.
29.5 Emergency Preparedness and Response

Contractors must consider the following emergency arrangements when working on or near
water:
• A rescue boat must be provided where work is being undertaken over or adjacent to
tidal waters or, where rescue from the shore is not possible. It may also be needed
in some areas of still water.
• Manning levels required in rescue boat.
• Provision of adequate first aid facilities.
• Maintain details on the nearest hospital.
• Contact with Harbormaster.
Internal
Internal
• Information on the nearest lifeboat.
• Sufficient number of lifebuoys fitted with at least 30m of lifeline.
• Buoyant grabrope downstream of works fitted with a marker float at the free end at a
max. distance determined by the flow and current in the water.
• No lone working with always two people working together, one to raise the alarm in
the event of an emergency. The number of persons at work must be periodically
checked to ensure that no one is missing.
• Determine how the alarm is to be raised.
• Carry out ‘Man in Water’ test / Drill.
• Have a set routine for the carriage of persons to hospital (where necessary).
30 Working in the Heat

Contractors must ensure the following critical controls from the NEOM Projects Eltizam
program are observed at all times:
• I will drink plenty of water before I start work and regularly throughout the day.
• I will take regular breaks in designated areas.
• I will avoid working alone without close supervision.
• I will look out for symptoms of heat stress in my co-workers.
• I will inform my supervisor or co-workers if I am feeling unwell.
• I will familiarize myself with the emergency arrangements for dealing with heat
related illnesses.

Contractors must develop a risk assessment to identify high temperature working
environments and implement effective control measures to reduce exposure and protect
employees from heat related injuries or ill health. Contractors must develop a worksite
specific heat stress program that must include the following elements:
• Acclimatization program for new employees, employees that have been on
vacation, and employees that are moving from a worksite that has climate control to
a worksite that has high temperatures with an allowance of 5-7 days for
acclimatization before starting hard work in a hot environment.
• Process for assessing environmental conditions utilizing the Thermal Work Limit
(TWL) to determine work/rest breaks and water consumption requirements for
employees (see Table 16).
• System to communicate current environmental conditions to employees so they can

take appropriate control measures to prevent heat stress injuries and illnesses.
Internal
Internal
• Communication system to inform/remind employees, employees returning from

vacation and visitors to the site of the hazards of heat stress, signs and symptoms
of heat stress, and steps to be taken to prevent heat stress.
• Requirements for provision of appropriate amounts of potable drinking water close

to the worksite and appropriate electrolyte replacement drinks, as per guidance from
a qualified physician, for employees working in high temperature environments and
implement programmed drinking where appropriate every hour to encourage
appropriate fluid intake.
• Provision of appropriate clothing (e.g., lightweight, cotton, light-coloured, loose-

fitting – unless using machinery) and personal protective equipment including a
large personal water container (of at least one liter in size). Shared drinking cups,
water bottles, or other such devices are not allowed.
• Provision for design and placement of shade and cooling shelters for employees
working outside during the summer months and appropriate cooled accommodation
/ shelter for the summer months during the midday break period.
• Process of scheduling physical activities in the summer months where possible to

the coolest part of the day.
• Provision of pre-employment screening for any employee working in high

temperature environments to identify and chronic medical condition (e.g., high blood
pressure, obesity) or use of prescription drugs which may affect their resistance to
heat stress.
• Pre-job training (inductions) prior to working in high temperature environments and

a permit to work system in extreme high temperature and humidity environments
that includes the TWL High Risk Zone.
• Audit/inspection program to ensure worksites are following the heat stress program
requirements.
• Training for all employees.
• Investigation and reporting of heat injuries and illnesses.
• Where possible, engineering control measures must be used to eliminate or reduce

the heat Exposure.
• Control measures may include:
− Providing shaded work areas.
− Adding insulation to building ceilings to minimize solar heat transfer.
− Providing cooled and air-conditioned rest areas with water or electrolyte drinks.
− Using exhaust ventilation such as fans to increase airflow across the skin and
increase evaporation and cooling.
− Using cooled air from and air-conditioning system to cool work areas.
• Work is planned so that an appropriate number of employees are acclimatized and

prepared to work in a high temperature environment.
Internal
Internal
• Employees must not work along in heat stress areas.
• Appropriate cools fluids must be available and accessible to maintain appropriate

hydration during period of high temperature. If reliable containers (e.g., water
coolers) are used, the seal must be taped with the date the container was filled
written on the tape. Refillable containers must be cleaned and refilled daily and
containers without a taped and dated seal must not be used for rehydration of
employees.
• Employers must post urine charts.
Table 16: Thermal Work Limits
30.3 Weather Working Plan

Contractors must have a plan for working in extreme weather conditions. This plan must
include the summer working requirements and other weather to which operatives are
exposed and must be submitted to the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner
at least eight weeks prior to the start of the summer working restrictions mandated by the
Ministry of Labor. The plan must be reviewed on a quarterly basis.
Internal
Internal
The plan must include guidance for working in any of the conditions listed in Table 17.
Table 17: Guidance for working conditions
Weather
condition Sample controls
Hot Weather • Local legislative requirements must be met and measures for
• monitoring weather must be established by Contractors by the
provision of calibrated project weather stations which record the
Thermal Working Limit (TWL) or other internationally recognized
standard.
• Plans must include specific action levels and detail specific
arrangements to be undertaken at each level.
• A communication and notification system must be established by
Contractors advising all personnel of changes in the TWL (or
equivalent) categories.
• Work in hot weather must address hydration for workers and ensure
that water and/or electrolyte drinks are available to all workers.
• Provision of adequate shading and methods for monitoring worker
physical condition must also be made.
• Where operatives are working prolonged periods in hot
weather conditions, appropriate (central and satellite) cool
rooms must be available.
Sandstorms/ • Ensure arrangements are in place to dynamically assess works during

Fog periods of low visibility.
• Appropriate PPE suitable for conditions to be provided.
• Rest areas and eating areas to be suitably protected from sand
ingress
High Winds • Ensure that any cranes, MEWP’s, piling rigs, concrete pumps etc. are
operating within allowable wind speed limits.
• Ensure that arrangements are in place to monitor wind speed.
• Ensure that any scaffolds and mobile towers are adequately secured
and tied.
• Ensure compound / site boundary fencing and barriers are erected /
weighted down in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
• Ensure adequate arrangements are in place to secure any loose
materials which may become projectiles, whether at ground level and
or at height.
• Remind personnel of their designated smoking areas, the location of
disposal methods/containers, and the ease with which high winds can
carry cigarettes to combustible materials igniting fires.
• Ensure a site inspection is undertaken before operatives are
permitted to return to work
Internal
Internal
Weather
condition Sample controls
Rain / Hail / • Be aware of the risk of flooding, especially on projects with large
Lightning excavations or basements.
• Ensure that the stability of all excavations is inspected following
periods of rain (additional inspection regime over and above the start
of shift inspection may be required).
• Prohibit of the use of Cranes, Mobile Elevating Work Platforms,
(Cherry Picker/Scissor lift) and Concrete Pumps during periods of
lightning.
• Ensure that worker welfare / rest facilities are adequately protected
from water ingress.
• Electrical safety systems in place e.g., distribution boards are ingress
protection rated and secured, ELCB’s fitted and checked, plant
earthed, and electrical cables routed off ground where possible.
• Ensure that adequate provisions are in place for dewatering.
• Take additional care when driving as the roads surfaces can become
extremely dangerous
Weather • When work is to be abandoned.

Working Plan • Mitigation measures to protect workers from extreme conditions
including adequate provisions for workers to take shelter.
• Return to work requirements
30.4 Training and Competence

Contractors must ensure heat awareness training and communication is provided to all
workers, in a language they understand, throughout the summer months. Awareness
activities should include:
• Training on the hazards of working in the heat.
• Information on the importance of maintaining good hydration and eating a well-

balanced diet.
• Recognizing the signs and symptoms of heat related illness.
• Appropriate information and awareness given to workers regarding heat as a hazard

and precautions to be taken to avoid heat related illnesses (e.g., posters,
information leaflets, training videos and presentations).
• Information and awareness campaigns to raise and maintain awareness amongst

the workforce exposed to extreme heat conditions.
• Displaying of posters illustrating monitoring methods.
Contractors must ensure managers and supervisors are appropriately trained on:
• How to recognize the signs and symptoms of heat related illness and how the body
overheats.
Internal
Internal
• The precautions to be taken for the prevention of heat related illness amongst the
workforce.
• The importance of self-pacing and providing appropriate rest breaks for recovery.
• The procedures to call for first aiders and/or medical assistance.
• The requirements of these HSAS for Working in the Heat.
Contractors must ensure First aiders are suitably trained on:
• How the body overheats and how to recognize the signs and symptoms of heat
related illness and its different types.
• The precautions to be taken for the prevention of heat related illness.
• The first aid treatment of the different types of heat related illness.
• The procedures to call for medical assistance.
• The requirements of these HSAS.
31 Diving
Contractors must ensure all commercial or scientific diving operations comply with all health
and safety requirements and regulations. In addition to local regulations diving operations
must comply with training, staffing and equipment requirements of the International Marine
Contractors Association (IMCA) International Code of Practice for Offshore Diving, including:
• IMCA D 014 IMCA international code of practice for offshore diving.
• IMCA D 023 Diving Equipment Systems Inspection Guidance Note (DESIGN) for
surface orientated (air) diving systems.
• IMCA D 040 DESIGN for mobile/portable surface supplied systems.
Contractors are directly responsible for ensuring that the latest versions of the IMCA Codes
of Practice are available and understood.
Contractors must review other means of conducting diving inspections without using diving
and provide alternative methodology where possible. Diving operations should only be
undertaken where alternative options are not reached in agreement with the Employer.
Where diving operations are authorized a five-person dive team is mandatory, as a

minimum, however local regulations and dive complexity may determine that a larger team
is required. The team should include, Diving Supervisor, working diver, stand-by diver,
tender for working diver, tender for stand-by diver, Diver Medic (DMT).
Contractors must ensure diving subcontractors select surface supplied air diving as the
preferred mode for commercial diving and the required mode for all marine
works/construction activities. SCUBA diving mode is not allowed for commercial diving.
Internal
Internal
31.2 Dive Plans

Contractor must submit Dive Plan / Method Statement / Emergency Plans – a minimum of 4
weeks prior to diving operations. Documents must also be reviewed and approved by the
Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner, prior to any diving operations being
conducted.
Prior to commencing any diving operations, a diver recovery emergency drill should be
conducted on site.
The Contractors dive plans must include as a minimum:

• Names and duties of on-site dive team members, including diving supervisor.
• Dive safety procedures and checklists.
• Equipment certification.
• Plans, procedures, and inspection checklists.
• Emergency procedures for fire, equipment failure, adverse weather conditions, and
medical illness or injury as a result of diving accidents.
• List of all emergency supplies that will be onsite.
• List of diving equipment to be used:
− Surface-supplied diving must include:
 Bailout bottle or secondary air supply for all dives.
 means for two-way communication between surface supervisor and

divers.
• Type of diving platform to be used.
• Detailed description of the mission. Identify how / if work will be divided into
separate tasks or phases of work.
• Date(s), time(s), duration, and location of operation.
• Diving mode used (surface supplied or SCUBA) including a description of the

backup air supply.
• Nature of work to be performed by the divers, including tools used and materials to
be handled or installed.
• Anticipated surface and underwater conditions, to include visibility, temperature,

currents, etc.
• Appropriate thermal protection for anticipated water temperatures will be used.
• Maximum single dive bottom time for the planned depth of dive for each diver.
• Identification of topside assistance / support to the dive team (i.e., vessel captain,
crane operator, lock operator, etc.) Dive vessel captain license and vessel
certifications.
Internal
Internal
• Emergency plans and procedures including the location and phone number of the
nearest hospital for and operational recompression chamber for diving
emergencies.
• Copies of current diving medical clearance/ commercial diving certifications, First

Aid / CPR, and Oxygen administration certifications for all employees who will work
at the site.
• Copies of all applicable risk assessments.
• Equipment service, maintenance, and inspection. All gear that will be or will
potentially be used for the work must have supporting documentation showing it has
been serviced within the last 12 months, including third party certifications and
inspections as necessary (this includes scuba cylinders Regulators, Gauges,
Buoyancy Compensation Devices, Weight Belt, Cylinders, compressor(s).
• Fatigue management requirements and plans.
• Individual updated logbook for every team member.
• Proposed arrangements for on-site welfare.
At least 72 hours written notice must be issued to the Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner before commencement of diving operations. Where regular ongoing diving
operations are being performed by the Contractor, 24 hours written notice must be issued to
the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner or their representative as to planned
schedule of diving. A Diving Permit must be issued and authorized for each diving operation.
32 Tunnelling
Contractors must ensure that any tunnelling operations comply with all health and safety
regulations and BS 6164 Code of practice for Safety in tunnelling in the construction
industry. Where applicable BS EN 16191 Tunnelling machinery — Safety requirements must
also be followed.
32.2 Tunnelling Control Plans

Contractors must ensure they have sufficient data, including drawings, maps, site surveys,
utility locations and nature of the geology, to undertake a risk assessment and develop a
method statement/tunnelling control plan.
This plan must describe in detail how the Contractor will control tunnel operations. The plan
must be approved by the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and include
as a minimum:
• Any pre-requisites for entering the tunnel.
• Tunnel induction.
• PPE required for entry.
• Signing in and out procedures.
• Access and egress arrangements.
Internal
Internal
• Safe pedestrian access routes.
• First aid and medical arrangements.
• Fire arrangements.
• Temporary power and lighting distribution requirements.
• Dust control procedures.
• Hazardous materials
• Forced ventilation and/or extraction requirements.
• Atmospheric conditions monitoring determined by the geology and activities.
• Structural integrity and tunnel support checking procedure.
• Electrical earthing arrangements.
• Emergency evacuation and rescue procedure.
• Thermal conditions arrangements.
• Geological inspections and testing by a competent person.
33 Manufacturing
Contractors must ensure any work activities undertaken at both on-site and off-site
manufacturing facilities is subject to health and safety monitoring and control in line with
these HSAS. Consideration should be given to outsourcing or offshoring of manufacturing
ensuring that health and safety risks are assessed, and suitable controls implemented.
33.2 On-Site Manufacturing

Contractors must ensure that the requirements in these HSAS are applied to all on-site
manufacturing facilities. On-site manufacturing refers to all material processing, fabrication
or pre-fabrication carried out within the site boundaries and may include, but is not limited to
concrete batching, fabrication of reinforcement (rebar) for structural elements, fabrication of
steelwork etc.
Contractors must ensure that each facility has a risk assessment and method statement,
detailing the safe system of work, and an emergency response plan tailored to the scope of
work and location.
Contractors must ensure that on-site facilities are inspected for compliance at regular
intervals.
33.3 Off-Site Manufacturing

Contractors must ensure that periodic health and safety inspections and audits are
undertaken at any off-site manufacturing facility to verify compliance with local legislation
and these HSAS. Off-site manufacturing refers to all material processing, fabrication or pre-
fabrication carried out solely for the supply to NEOM Projects at locations outside the site
Internal
Internal
boundaries this may include, but is not limited to prefabrication of structural, modular, or
cosmetic elements.
Off-site manufacturers must comply with all local, to the manufacturing facility, legislation
and these HSAS, whichever provides the higher level of health and safety provision for
workers.
34 Piling
Contractors must ensure that all piling operations comply with BS EN 996 Piling Equipment -
Safety Requirements. Piling encompasses all types of piling operations including but not
limited to Driven piles, Bored piles, Driven and cast-in-situ piles and Aggregate piles.
Contractors must ensure that the following controls are included in their methodology:
• Working platforms/piling mats and access ramps must be designed by a competent
person and the stability of the surrounding structures and ground considered.
Working platforms etc. are deemed to be temporary works and the standards laid
out in this document for temporary work will apply.
• All underground and overhead utilities are documented and clearly marked, signed
and barriered as appropriate before work commences.
• There is segregation of piling activities from pedestrian and vehicle traffic.

Contractors will ensure that exclusion zones established, suitably demarcated,
signed and maintained.
• All equipment is inspected and maintained in accordance with manufacturers

recommendations, local legislation and provision for plant and equipment set out in
this document.
• All moving parts, as far as is practicable, are guarded.
• A permit to work has been issued by the appointed person.
• Ensure only trained competent persons are allowed to engage in any pile
construction activities or operate equipment.
• Ensure only trained and authorized persons act as slinger/signalers.
• Piling covers/gratings or physical barriers around each pile must be put in place as
soon as the auger is removed; material stockpiles must be moved away from the
borehole.
• Removal of any material from an auger must be completed by mechanical means,

automated where possible.
34.2 Rebar Cage Construction

Contractors must ensure that no person enters a rebar cage under construction, unless the
cage is fully supported and / or permanent fixings have been made, and that approval is
given by an authorized person. Accessing rebar cages under construction must only be
undertaken in exceptional circumstances.
Internal
Internal
Contractors must ensure that sequence of construction is such that no temporary supporting
elements are removed until the permanent fixings are made, and the structure is self-
supporting.
Contractors must ensure that rebar cage manufacturing design considers all safety aspects
including, but not limited to:
• Sequencing of construction.
• Automation and associated hazards and controls.
• Guarding – to prevent unauthorized access to cages under construction.
• Lifting and positioning, where required.
35 Occupational Health and Hygiene

Contractors must implement measures to manage occupational health risks which include
the following as a minimum:
• Fitness to Work – Contractors are required to carry out basic health checks of their
personnel (in addition to those required for visa purposes) at least once a year.
• Safety Critical Roles – Where ill health of an individual may compromise their ability
to undertake a safety critical task, additional checks must be undertaken to manage
this risk. Examples of personnel undertaking safety critical tasks include plant
operators, crane operators, mobile machine drivers, drivers, scaffolders,
slingers/signalers, traffic marshals, steel erectors, confined space workers or those
working at height. Additional checks must be identified through risk assessments or
with appropriate guidance.
• Medical Surveillance – Occupational health monitoring of operatives exposed to

high-risk operations such as noise, manual handling, hand arm vibration etc.
• Well-being – Each Contractor must have an ongoing program of health awareness

to educate their workforce.
• Hygiene – Arrangements are required to educate and ensure workers adopt good
hygiene practices such as personal hygiene standards, protection against
dermatitis, use of PPE etc.
Contractors must also ensure the appropriate health risks are identified through risk
assessments with controls identified and implemented.
No person is permitted to enter the program/project/site/offices under the influence of drugs

or alcohol.
Any prescribed medication must have an occupational health assessment put in place
where there is an identified increased risk. Similarly, any person suffering an injury or illness
requiring additional support or attention, including in the event of an emergency, must have
a risk assessment in place.
Internal
Internal
35.2 Fatigue Management

Contractors must manage the risks associated with fatigue and implement fatigue
management plans. Contractors must ensure legal limits relating to working hours are not
exceeded and that suitable rest breaks are provided during and between shifts. Similar
arrangements must also apply to apply subcontractor staff.
In a work context, fatigue is a state of mental and/or physical exhaustion that reduces a
person’s ability to perform work safely and effectively. It can occur because of prolonged or
intense mental or physical activity, sleep loss and/or disruption of the internal body clock.
Signs of fatigue include:

• Tiredness even after sleep.
• Reduced hand-eye coordination or slow reflexes.
• Short term memory problems and an inability to concentrate.
• Blurred vision or impaired visual perception.
• A need for extended sleep during days off work.
Whilst fatigue is a shared responsibility, NEOM Projects expects that Project Management
Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors implement effective arrangements for
managing the risks from fatigue, with consideration for periods of the year (e.g., Holy month
of Ramadan) when the likelihood of fatigue is increased.
Contractors are required to determine specific trigger points which if reached require the
activation of fatigue management plans.
35.3 Mental Health

Contractors must ensure plans are implemented in relation to mental health and wellbeing,
including the impacts of shift-working and fatigue. Mental health and wellbeing plans must
assess the risks from stress and include engagement with the workforce to understand any
concerns and issues.
Stress is the adverse reaction people have to excessive pressures or other types of
demands placed on them. Work-related stress is a major cause of occupational ill-health
which can cause severe physical and psychological conditions.
Contractors must assess the risks from stress associated with activities, in consideration of
the following factors:
• Demands – issues such as workload, work patterns and the work environment.
• Control – how much say people have in the way they work.
• Support – includes encouragement, sponsorship, and resources provided by the

organization, line management and colleagues.
• Relationships – includes promoting positive working to avoid conflict and dealing

with unacceptable behavior.
• Role – do people understand their role within the organization and does the
organization ensure roles are not conflicting.
Internal
Internal
• Change – how is organizational change (small and large) managed and

communicated.
Contractors must ensure control measures are implemented to manage stress and to
promote positive mental health and well-being, including consideration of the following:
• Communication and open conversations to raise awareness of stress and reduce
any perceived stigma.
• Develop actions plans for people suffering from stress.
• Provide mechanisms for raising concerns and grievances in a confidential manner.
35.4 Noise
Contractors must have arrangements in place for those exposed to noise during with their
works. Collective protection must be chosen ahead of personal protection wherever
practical.
Areas and activities producing noise levels above 80 dB (A) must have signage posted and
hearing protection must be available. Above 85 dB (A) hearing protection is mandatory and
mandatory hearing protection signage must be displayed and an exclusion zone
established.
It is required to take specific action at certain exposure values. These relate to the levels of
exposure to noise of employees averaged over a working day or week:
• Contractors must have the means and competence to measure noise levels.
• The lower exposure action value is a daily or weekly average noise exposure level
of 80 dB, at which project management must provide information and training and
make hearing protection available.
• The upper exposure action value is set at a daily or weekly average noise exposure
of 85 dB, above which project management is required to take reasonably
practicable measures to reduce noise exposure, such as engineering controls or
other technical measures. The use of hearing protection is also mandatory if the
noise cannot be controlled by these measures, or while these measures are being
planned or carried out.
• Finally, there is an exposure limit value of 87 dB, above which no worker can be
exposed (taking hearing protection into account).
The accepted standard for recommended permissible exposure time for continuous time
weighted average noise is for every 3 dBs over 80 dB, the permissible exposure time before
possible damage can occur is cut in half (see Table 18).
Table 18: Permissible exposure time
Decibel level 80 83 86 89 92 95
Max. exposure
8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour 30 min 15 min
time
35.5 Manual Handling

Contractors must ensure that all manual lifting tasks are assessed before being undertaken
and measures implemented to reduce the risks. Weights must be known before being
Internal
Internal
handled and appropriate equipment identified and used to handle heavy/ awkward loads.
Workers undertaking manual lifting must be instructed in safe practices and must follow safe
manual lifting methods.
Contractors must:
• Avoid or mechanize manual handling operations, as far as possible.
• Consider bulk movement of materials including the use of distribution points etc.
• Provide information on the load to be handled.
• Assess any hazardous manual handling operations which cannot be avoided.
• Minimize all carrying up and down stairs of large, awkward, or heavy items.
• Undertake specific risk assessments for repetitive lifting of items weighing 20-25kg.
35.6 Whole Body and Hand Arm Vibration Syndrome

Contractors must assess the risks from whole body and hand arm vibration (HAVS) to
operatives and ensure measures are put in place in line with these HSAS and consideration
of industry best practice, prior to any works requiring the use of vibrating equipment being
undertaken. The following measures must be implemented:
• During work planning stage, the correct tool and process for the task must be
identified.
• Contractors and suppliers must ensure the MS/RA address vibration exposure and
contain details of control measures.
• Identify the maximum permitted exposure times for HAVS in a working shift (i.e.,
trigger time) for the equipment and processes.
• Ensure that all vibrating work tools/equipment have trigger time tags attached.
• Ensure tools/equipment are regularly serviced and any defects are reported.
• Ensure all tools/equipment are maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations with records maintained.
• Provide operatives instruction on correct use of tools/equipment and safe methods

of working and recording usage.
• Monitor and supervise the use of vibrating tools/equipment and processes to ensure
daily exposure levels are not exceeded.
• Ensure operatives who are Exposed to vibration are included in the medical
surveillance program.
• Ensure operatives report symptoms of HAVS.
• In the event of HAVS being diagnosed via health screening, Contractors and
suppliers must remove employees from any vibration duties until a medical
diagnosis is obtained.
• Contractors and suppliers must report any suspected or confirmed cases of HAVS
through the incident reporting process.
Internal
Internal
35.7 Pandemic Preparedness

Contractors must ensure pandemic preparedness planning is undertaken by maintaining an
Emergency Preparedness Plan that includes the potential for pandemic. This should include
but not be limited to:
• The potential for pandemic and key phases
• Provision of adequate supply of PPE and sundries
• Risk assessment is completed
• Identification of key health agencies and institutions
• Roles and responsibilities are identified and understood
• Evacuation protocol
• Personnel health screening and monitoring
• Self-assessment and symptoms reporting protocols
• Quarantine and isolation controls
• Transportation and travel controls
• Training and awareness programs.
36 Site Welfare Facilities

Contractors must ensure the provision of suitable and sufficient welfare facilities, including
drinking water, washing / ablution, prayer rooms / areas, toilets, cool rooms, restrooms, and
facilities for eating meals.
Contractors must ensure welfare facilities are provided and maintained from the start of
mobilization to the end of the construction period. Welfare facilities on-site must be as close
as practical to the working locations. Large sites may require multiple facilities to avoid long
distance travel, with the suggested distance is given as a maximum of 200m. Details of
welfare arrangements including layout and specifications must be submitted to the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner for review and approval; this should be
incorporated into the Health and Safety Plan.
All facilities must be constructed of flame-retardant materials and fitted with adequate fire
detection, alarm systems and fire-fighting measures. Facilities will be Civil Defense
compliant. Contractors must prepare drawings for temporary offices, accommodations,
sheds etc. as per Civil Defense regulations, drawing submission requirements and submit to
Civil Defense for formal approval.
36.2 Sanitary Facilities

Contractors must ensure sufficient flush type (rather than chemical) toilet facilities are
provided. All sanitary conveniences must be adequately ventilated, lit, and kept clean.
Separate sanitary conveniences must be provided for men and women.
Internal
Internal
Where flush type toilets cannot be provided, chemical toilets are to be provided, however,
they must have a supply of water for washing hands.
WCs must be provided at no less than legal requirements. The minimum number of WCs
and urinals to be provided is shown in Table 19. (In all cases the minimum provision must
be in line with the higher number as required by legal or the table given).
Table 19: Table of toilets and washbasin ratios
Number of toilets and

Number of persons on site washbasins Number of urinals
1-5 1 0
6-25 2 1
26-50 3 2
51-75 4 3
76-100 5 4
Over 100 1 per every 40 1 per every 40
36.3 Washing Facilities

Contractors must ensure that washing facility/s are provided in the immediate vicinity of
every sanitary convenience, in any accommodation unit(s) provided for changing clothing
and in close proximity to mess facilities. Contractors must ensure the following measures
are implemented:
• Wash basins must be large enough for people to wash their faces, hands, and
forearms. This means hands and forearms up to the elbow must fit into the basin
provided.
• In prayer areas, suitable ablution facilities must be provided for workers to prepare
prior to praying.
• Showers must be provided where necessary due to risk or where works are
particularly dirty, such as when using products containing cement.
• The rooms containing washing facilities must be adequately ventilated, lit, and kept
clean.
• Separate washing facilities including showers must be provided for men and women
unless they are in a lockable room intended to be used by only one person at a
time.
• Shower facilities must include a supply of clean, hot, and cold water, soap or other
suitable means of cleaning and towels or other suitable means of drying.
For maintenance work or for project work of short duration it may not be feasible to provide
the level of welfare facility described in this section. In such circumstances, the level of
welfare must be agreed with the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and
Employer.
Internal
Internal
36.4 Drinking Water

Contractors must ensure that an adequate supply of cooled drinking water is provided in
offices, mess areas, field rest shelters and at other suitable points to ensure every employee
has immediate access to drinkable water.
Contractors must ensure that the water is of wholesome quality and free of contaminants.
Drinking water supplied from bottles or containers must be protected from possible
contamination and changed periodically to prevent it from becoming stagnant. Cups or other
suitable drinking vessels must be provided.
Contractors must install water filters, chlorinators and disinfection units and ensure that
water storage tanks are cleaned and maintained regularly. Water quality tests of storage
tanks and delivery pipework must be carried out in accordance with local requirements by
3rd party accredited laboratories, before the first use of the tank and then at regular intervals
no greater than every 3 months. Filters should be changed regularly and records available
at location. Refer also to 33.3 Legionnaires Disease.
The following specifications must be followed by the Contractor:

• Cooled drinking water must be readily available for all workers and the distribution
around site and means for refilling water coolers needs to be planned. Individual
water bottles or similar vessels must be provided to each worker.
• Water coolers should be shaded where placed on-site out of direct sunlight
wherever possible.
• Drinking water must be marked ‘Drinking Water’ in Arabic, English and the most
common languages used in the workplace.
• Non-potable water must be marked.
• There must be no cross-connection, open or potential, between potable water

systems and non- potable water systems.
36.5 Breaks, Meals, and Rest Facilities

Contractors must provide mess facilities where workers can eat in comfort and protected
from weather. They must be cooled as appropriate, have adequate numbers of tables and
chairs, be situated away from the site to minimize contact with dirt, dust, or dangerous
substances, and must be cleaned no less than daily.
The Contractor must adhere to the following:

• Mess facilities can be located within the building under construction; however, the
mess area must be fully enclosed and isolated from the works. Contractors must
provide adequate hygienic and chilled food storage for worker’s food. Air
conditioning systems are not a suitable means for chilling food storage areas.
• Any rest areas should be adequately protected from adjacent plant/equipment/roads

etc.
• Workers must not make or prepare food on-site.
• Suitable, closed waste containers must be provided and emptied at least once daily
or as frequently as needed.
Internal
Internal
• Appropriate washing facilities including showers must be provided depending on the

nature of the work, separate facilities for men and women must be installed and not
connected. Clean hot and cold water must be provided, including soap, shampoo,
towels, and appropriate means of cleaning and drying.
• Adequate eating facilities must be provided table, chairs, cutlery, cold and hot water,
liquid soap, and hand drying facilities must be in place. A minimum of 1.4 m2 for
each person must be implemented for the area of the eating facility.
• Rest shelters must be provided while workers are undertaking site activities to
protect them from adverse weather conditions (heat, sun, wind, cold, etc.). One rest
shelter must be installed as minimum if 3 workers are in the area. As minimum 1 m2
per person in the work area must be considered for the design of the rest shelter.
Cooling and heat system or mechanical ventilation, drinking water, sun and wind
protection, and other technical aspects must be part of the rest shelters design and
installation.
• Mosque or prayers rooms must be provided for each accommodation and site
offices, separated rooms must be installed taking into consideration female and
male. The number and size of the mosque or prayer room must be appropriate for
the size of the accommodation or office.
• Food storage must be provided to the workers for adequate consumption of food on
the same day.
• Covered and labelled receptacles must be provided in the working area for disposal
of the food waste.
• Contractors must provide an adequate number of closable food waste bins.
• Contractors must provide pest control measures to all temporary facilities.
• Contractors must ensure that facilities adequately meet the needs of different
cultures and their specific requirements. Allocation must be made for:
− A designated area(s) for prayer and associated ablutions.
− Observance of religious requirements, such as fasting during Ramadan noting

that Muslim workers who fast are unable to compensate the amount of water
lost due to sweat and manage dehydration like other non-Muslim workers.
36.6 Protection of the Public and Third Parties

Contractors must include arrangements for the protection of the public and third parties
throughout the duration of the works. Examples of items requiring management are given as
follows:
• Nuisance including noise and dust.
• Changes to levels of traffic or abnormal loads on shared site roads.
• Works immediately adjacent to boundaries that may put personnel at or beyond the
boundary at risk e.g., piling, lifting, vehicle movement and parking, material, or
chemical storage.
• Where any shared walkways or roadways exist, this may require installation of
protection against falling materials.
Internal
Internal
Contractors must assess the risk and identify areas where third parties or members of the
public can be affected and put appropriate controls in place to reduce this risk. Contractors
must not at any time rely on the Employer and the Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner to:
• Identify hazards to the public or third parties associated with the Contractor’s
operations.
• Provide the necessary precautions for the control of the Contractor’s operations.
37 Other Health and Safety Requirements

37.1 Demolition
Contractors must ensure the risks associated with demolition works are adequately
assessed and suitable precautions implemented to protect the workforce, including
neighboring projects and locations.
Prior to any demolition work being undertaken the Contractor must refer to all available
survey information and drawings that identify the current state of the building. A competent
person from the Contractor must identify all hazardous materials that will be encountered
during the demolition work and document relevant risks associated with the materials.
Shower facilities and disposable coverall clothing are required for high-risk demolition works
where persons are exposed to contamination hazards.
Contractor operatives undertaking demolition works must have sufficient and adequate
training to a recognized industry standard. Contractors must cover the following in their Risk
Assessment and Method Statement for demolition works:
• Scope of work
• Sequence of work
• Roles and responsibilities
• Organization chart with name and phone numbers (Demolition crew)
• Health and safety control measures:
− Permit requirements, procedures and flow chart
− Schedule of hazardous materials and associated risks
− Exclusion, protection, logistics provisions and material removal / management
− Working at height schedule and Associated risk management
− Fall prevention arrangements
− Plant and equipment management
− Public and 3rd party protection
− Termination / isolation / division of permanent and/or temporary services
− The stability of remaining structures or part structures, or adjacent structures or

excavation
Internal
Internal
− Copies of statutory notifications
− Communication procedures / plan
− Emergency and Rescue Plan / Procedure.
• Training and competency requirements
• Occupational health management provisions (Work rota, health check-ups, existing

health conditions that could prevent individual exposure, etc.).
37.2 Hazardous Substances

Contractors must ensure that any work activity involving a hazardous substance has an
accompanying Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) assessment
undertaken for the associated task which considers the exposure to operatives and others
who may be affected.
Contractors must consider the following control measures for hazardous substances in line
with the hierarchy of control:
• Elimination of the hazardous substances
• Modification of the substance, process and/or workplace
• Applying controls to the process, such as enclosures, splash guards and Local
Exhaust Ventilation (LEV)
• Working in ways that minimize exposure, such as using a safe working distance to
avoid skin exposure
• Equipment or devices worn by exposed individuals.
The assessment itself must be based on the information contained within the Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) relating to the hazardous substance to be used. All employees involved
with the use of hazardous substances must be briefed on the contents of the COSHH
assessment prior to undertaking the operation.
COSHH assessments and MSDS must be included as part of the method statement.
The MSDS must be provided by the manufacturer or supplier, dated within the last five
years and to a recognized standard.
Contractors must be trained, licensed (where applicable) and competent in the nature of
work and brief their employees before starting work of the risks and dangers involved in the
profession they are engaging in, such as fire, risk from vapor or dust on toxic substances,
danger of falling and relevant occupational diseases. Suitable training must be given to all
staff involved in any potentially dangerous/hazardous operation/activity and such training
must be ongoing/periodic.
Contractors must provide warning signs in all potentially dangerous areas, such as chemical
/ gas cylinder storage areas.
All hazardous materials stored on-site must be stored in accordance with the guidance
contained in the supporting MSDS, a copy of all data sheets must be kept in a central file
and at the First aid room / Medical Center.
Internal
Internal
All hazardous substances should be stored in appropriately designed and labelled

containers. Storage units (examples shown in Figure 10) must have adequate signage
applied to external surfaces detailing the types of hazardous material stored within.
Air-Conditioned Container Bunds / Drip Trays
HAZMAT Store Flammable Materials Store
Figure 10: Storage units for hazardous substances
Primary signs should be written in multi-language used by the employees at the project site.
Examples of signage are shown in Figure 11.
Figure 11: Example signage for hazardous materials
Internal
Internal
37.3 Legionnaires Disease

Contractors must undertake a health risk assessment of the worksite to identify locations
where Legionnaires’ disease bacteria could be present. For all identified locations,
Contractors must to develop maintenance programs to prevent the growth of legionnaires’
disease bacteria in equipment and facilities that use and store water.
Contractors must ensure the following prevention and control measures are used:
• Keep water temperature below 20°C (68°F).
• Prevent water stagnation.
• Prevent the build-up of biofilm in the water system.
• Regularly clean and disinfect the water system.
• Regular sampling completed by a competent person with samples sent to an

approved laboratory for testing.
Contractors must maintain records of:

• Procedures on prevention of legionnaires disease
• Maintenance and disinfection schedules
• Employee training records
• Records related to confirmed cases of legionnaires disease or positive samples of

legionnaires disease.
37.4 Security and Site Access Control

Contractors must establish suitable site demarcation hoarding / fencing to prevent
unauthorized access to work areas complete with separate pedestrian and road access
points. Guard houses and security personnel plus a physical barrier must be provided for
each access gate and will be manned by each Contractor’s designated security service from
a NEOM-approved provider.
37.5 Use of Areas Outside of Project Boundary

Contractors must ensure approval from NEOM Projects and any other relevant parties, for
use of any additional space or area outside of their project boundary. This could include the
provision of a laydown area on a short or long-term basis, use of an external area at
perimeter, or temporary access way onto the site to facilitate works or use of an external
offloading area.
37.6 Material Storage and Distribution
37.6.1 General Requirements

Contractors must implement appropriate management arrangements to ensure the safe
offloading, storage, and distribution of materials on their project. All materials must be safely
stacked, away from fences and hoardings, and located to minimize double handling and
reduce transport distances.
Storage areas must be maintained, site access routes kept clear and segregated from
construction areas.
Internal
Internal
Deliveries must be planned to minimize materials stored on-site. Materials must be stored in
appropriate receptacles and secured to prevent collapse, materials should not be leaned
against walls or other items such that they have the potential to fall. Unsecured stacks of
materials are not permitted.
37.6.2 Securing Material at Height

Contractors must ensure that all construction materials that might be blown or swept off of
roofs, exposed floors or scaffolds or accidently dislodged are secured at all times.
• Contractors must be aware of the wind speed at the time of work activity and the
forecast wind condition.
• All roofing materials, plant and equipment etc. must be stored / positioned in a way
that they cannot fall. Items must be fastened down or stored securely and away
from the building’s edge.
• Specific walk rounds are required to ensure the safety of the worksite when adverse
weather is imminent.
37.7 Deliveries and Vehicle Movement

Contractors must ensure that delivery procedures and storage arrangements (including
crane loading areas) are detailed and communicated in a logistics management plan. To
avoid reversing risks, a one-way traffic system must be used. Where unavoidable, and only
after appropriate risk assessment, trained traffic marshals / banksmen must be used to
control vehicle movements, including on-site vehicle movements in confined or congested
areas.
All drivers exiting their vehicles will be required to wear mandatory Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) when anywhere other than a PPE free zone.
Consideration must be given to vehicle loading and offloading risks.
37.8 Housekeeping
Contractors must maintain an acceptable standard of site cleanliness within their area of
works and implement the following measures:
• All waste must be cleared from the work site on a daily basis in progress with the
work.
• Bins must be emptied/changed immediately when full.
• Stockpiling of waste is not permitted.
• Establish effective housekeeping via their own workforce or by involving a dedicated

service gang.
37.9 Sharp Objects

Contractors must ensure that the risks of cuts and punctures from sharp objects such as
protruding nails and reinforcement bars is assessed, controlled, and mitigated. The following
measures must be undertaken:
• Exposed ends of reinforcement bars must be protected by covers or capped with
‘rebar caps’.
Internal
Internal
• Scaffold clips must have protruding bolts/threads covered.
• Cable ties should not be cut and attached to handrails.
• Waste timber must not be left with exposed nails in any location where persons can
come into contact with the ends and nails should be removed at source.
• Any sharp metal edges from plates or sheets must be covered, marked, or filed
back.
• All broken glass must be cleaned immediately.
• Suitable gloves must be worn by operatives handling timber, metal, or glass objects.
37.10 Lighting Levels

Contractors must ensure that adequate access and task lighting is provided to ensure
operations can be conducted safely. The levels of illumination need to match the demands
of the job and the location. The level of illumination required to provide conditions in which
work can be carried out without undue risk or fatigue must be measured using a calibrated
lux meter and not be less than the figures shown in Table 20.
Table 20: Recommended Minimum Levels of Illumination
Lux level Typical area
5 Interiors and general movement areas, emergency lighting
10 Exterior general such as for handling materials and unloading
15 Interior working places such as clearing sites, general rough work
50 Interior reinforcing and concreting and corridors
100 Bricklaying (except facings) and canteen
200 Bench work, facing brickwork and plastering
250 Offices/Kitchens/First aid Rooms
400 Interior workshops, fine craft work, decorating
600 Drawing boards
37.11 Mobile Phone Usage

Contractors must ensure that mobile phones are only used in safe areas such as rest areas
or at designated areas on-site. Contractors must consider the controls required to prevent
personnel wandering across roads or into hazardous work areas whilst on their mobile
phones. Any form of distracted driving is prohibited hands free or otherwise when in control
of a vehicle.
37.12 Signage
Contractors must provide signage at all access points and around each project site. Site
signage including rules must be pictorial, available in multiple languages and clearly
displayed. Signboards must be installed for:
• Project details (fixed at entrances in accordance with contractual requirements).
• Health and safety performance statistics.
Internal
Internal
• Gate numbering, directional and informative signboards for both vehicle and
pedestrian routes within the project area.
• Fire arrangements signage including assembly point, evacuation routes and

arrangements e.g., hydrants and fire extinguishers.
• No smoking signs where necessary, and specifically in areas of higher risk.
37.12.1 Warning Signage

Contractors must provide warning signage including No Smoking, No Entry, Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) and other necessary signage posted at vantage points across
the site. Pictorial and multilingual signs must be used to overcome worker language issues.
Signage must be present around the site to ensure all workers and visitors are aware of the
hazards and emergency issues. Signs must be inspected on a regular basis and maintained
in good condition.
38 Personal Protective Equipment

Contractors must ensure that all workers on the construction site wear the minimum five-
point Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) described in Table 21. Visitors are only required
to wear gloves if mandated by project / location specific policy and requirements.
Table 21: Minimum PPE requirements
PPE Requirement
Hard Hat BS EN 397, ANSI/ISEA Z 89.1 or equivalent
Safety footwear, toe, and BS EN ISO 20345:2021:SB-P (label should include one of SB-P,
midsole protection with SB and P, S1-P, S3, S5, P3, P5).
ankle support
Light Eye Protection BS EN 166F
High Visibility Clothing BS EN 20471 Class 2
Gloves suitable for the • Mechanical Hazard (cut, abrasion, puncture,

task • impact) EN 388 2016
• Chemical Hazard EN 374-3
• Thermal Hazard (extreme heat) EN 407
• Electrical Hazard (antistatic) EN1149-1
• General Gloves BS EN 420
Workers are required to wear overalls. All items of PPE must be in good condition, fit the
individual and the individual must have received information, instruction, and training in
order to use the equipment correctly. Adequate arrangements are to be made for the
storage, cleaning, maintenance, and replacement of PPE.
Adequate supplies of PPE must be available to protect both workers and visitors. All items
must have the CE mark (the recognized mark for PPE tested and approved to International
Standards). Wearing PPE of an incorrect standard is to be actively monitored and any
Internal
Internal
person not in compliance with the requirements will be removed from site until rectified.
Repeat offenders must be subject to disciplinary procedures.
Contractors must ensure that the PPE requirements in these HSAS are communicated and
implemented across any appointed subcontractors.
PPE signage must be displayed on-site, and any area deemed to be “PPE free” must be
suitably marked as such, e.g., car parks and access areas to project offices. Contractors
must ensure that any “PPE free” areas are only established following a risk assessment
which determines the specific controls to be implemented, approved by the Project
Management Consultant or Delivery Partner.
38.2 Task-Specific PPE

Contractors must undertake a risk assessment to determine if specific or additional items of
PPE are required to be provided for a task. The following items must be considered when
selecting additional task PPE:
• The environment where the PPE is to be used (e.g., cold weather working).
• The risks involved with the operation.
• The operatives using the PPE.
• Whether specialist training is required for the fitting/use of the PPE.
• Rescue / emergency procedures.
• Other control measures.
In addition to the minimum standards for all personnel, the following task-specific PPE is
likely to apply and must be appropriately risk assessed:
• Ankle protection on uneven ground.
• Scaffolders must use a full body safety harness with a twin lanyard.
• Risk assessments must consider climbing helmets (no peak helmets) and chin
straps for scaffolders and those working at height including rescue team members
and crane drivers.
• Boom type MEWP operators and suspended access platform (cradle) users must
use a full body safety harness with lanyard.
• Welders must wear full face masks.
• Workers exposed to ongoing high levels of noise must wear ear protection.
• Workers dealing with hazardous substances (e.g., asbestos) must wear protective
clothing as prescribed by Material Safety Data sheets and COSHH assessments.
PPE standards is shown in Figure 12 and task matrix for gloves is provided in Table 22.
Internal
Internal
BS EN 397: 2012 – Specification ISO 20345: 2021 – Specifications for EN ISO 20471: 2013 – High Vis Vest
for Industrial Safety Helmets Safety Shoes for Professional Use - which is capable of ‘visually signalling the
Safety footwear with toecap to protect users presence’
the toes from impacts up to an energy
level of at least 200 Joules and
compression at a load of at least 15kN
BS EN 352-2: 2021 – Disposable BS EN 352-1: 2020 – Earmuffs / BS EN 352-3: 2021 – Earmuffs /

Ear Plugs Defenders Defenders attached to a helmet
EN 166 F EN 166 B EN 166 A or B

Personal eye protection. Class 1: Personal eye protection. Class 2 or 3: Personal eye protection. Class 2 or 3: For
For Continuous Work For Intermittent Work Intermittent Work
Low Energy Impact (45 m/sec) Medium Energy Impact (120 m/sec) Medium Energy Impact (120 m/sec)
Grade F
EN 140 EN 136 EN 149

Half face Respiratory protective Full Face Respiratory protective Respiratory protective devices. Filtering
devices. Respirator with a range of devices. Respirator with a range of half masks to protect against particles
particulate, gas, and combined particulate, gas, and combined filters to
filters to provide respiratory provide respiratory protection in a
protection in a range of range of applications.
applications.
Internal
Internal
Respiratory protective devices. EN 361 EN 354 Lanyards

Lung governed demand self- Full body harnesses
contained open circuit
compressed air breathing
apparatus EN 269/EN 14594
EN 355 Energy Absorbers EN 379 & EN175 EN 169 Personal eye protection. Filters for
welding and related techniques
EN 340 & EN 470-1 EN 340 & EN 470-1 EN 340 EN 531 EN 470-1

Personal protection equipment Protective clothing for use in welding Flame retardant coveralls
Apron and allied processes: General
requirements
Welders Sleeves
EN1496 Rescue equipment. EN 396 NA

Rescue lifting devices 150N lifejacket to include whistle and 150N Fire retardant jacket Cover
light.
Figure 12: PPE standards
Internal
Internal
Table 22: Task matrix for gloves
Resistant
Task Standard Level Type Sample
Pulling electrical EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 Rigger Gloves /

Cable protection from mechanical Kevlar Gloves
hazards
Cutting electrical EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Kevlar Gloves

cable tray or cable protection from mechanical
ladder or other hazards
Cutting Unistrut or EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Kevlar Gloves

Pipework in a vice protection from mechanical
with a hacksaw hazards
Cleaning / Wipe EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Protective

Down protection from mechanical Latex Gloves
hazards
Cutting Ducting EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Kevlar

protection from mechanical
hazards
General Manual EN 388 – Provides 2,2,4,3 Kevlar / Rigger

Handling activities protection from mechanical Gloves /
e.g., of ductwork, hazards General
electrical cable try, purpose gloves
tool moving, un-
crafting, pallet
handling and
manhole lifting
Filing of Unistrut, EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Kevlar Gloves

cable tray, sharp protection from mechanical
ends etc. hazards
Removal of strapping EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Kevlar / Rigger

/ banding on crates protection from mechanical Gloves
hazards
Rigging / scaffolding EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) Kevlar / Rigger

and slinging work protection from mechanical Gloves
hazards
Handling shuttering / EN 388 – Provides 2,2,4,3 (min) Kevlar / Rigger

tying steel protection from mechanical / General
hazards Purpose
Gloves
Concrete works EN 388 – Provides 4,3,4,3 (min) PVC Knit Wrist

protection from mechanical Glove
hazards
Handling roofing EN 388 – Provides 2,2,4,3 (min) Max Grip

sheets protection from mechanical Gloves
hazards
Internal
Internal
Resistant
Task Standard Level Type Sample
Working with Knives EN 388 – Provides 4,5,4,4 (min) High Level Cut
(general work / protection from mechanical resistance
cutting insulation / hazards gloves – cut
stripping large cables resistance
etc) HIGH!
Working with Heat / EN 407 – Protects the n/a Kevlar Palm

Fire hands against extreme Glove
heat or fire
Grinding or welding EN388 / EN 407 / n/a Welders

EN12477 – protection for Gloves / Heat
welders Resistant
Using percussion BS EN ISO 10819 – anti n/a Anti-Vibration

tools vibration gloves Gloves
Minimum standard – EN 388 – Provides 4,1,3,1 Minimum of

site visitors and protection from mechanical Lightweight
persons not engaged hazards High Dexterity
in physical work Gloves
Working with extreme EN511 – protect the hands n/a Crio extreme
cold against convective and cold handling
contact cold gloves
Where risk exists to EN388 4,3,4,3 Gauntlet /

upper arms e.g., glove gauntlet
working with sharp
edges
Working with Glove type to be determined by the assessment /

corrosive chemicals requirements outlined in the COSHH Assessment and the
SDS sheet.
Working with Glove type to be determined by the assessment /

Solvents requirements outlined in the COSHH Assessment and the
SDS sheet.
Any Other Activity Glove type to be determined by the assessment /

requirements outlined in the COSHH Assessment and the
SDS sheet.
38.3 Personnel Identification

Contractors must implement a consistent approach across NEOM Projects to support the
identification of specific roles and assigned colored hard hats in accordance with this
document (see Table 23).
Internal
Internal
Table 23: Assigned hard hat colours
Function Colour
Manager White
Supervisor/Foreman Yellow
NEOM Trained Supervisors Black
Craft Blue
Rigger Red
Safety Officer Green
Contractors can use a different colour of safety helmet for workers provided that the same
colour is used throughout the project and does not include any of the colours identified
above.
Contractors should introduce markings or a sticker system on the helmet to ensure all new
employees to the project are identifiable as a new worker, for a period of four weeks from
induction.
39 Forms and Templates

Table 24: NEOM Forms and Templates
Document number Document title
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_TMP01 Health and Safety Plan Guidance and Template
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM01 Activity Briefing Form
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM02 24 hr Initial Incident Report
40 Appendices
Internal
Internal
DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 APPENDIX A
Internal
Internal
A.1 Method Statement Guidance

This guidance has been produced to assist Contractors in providing site management staff
with a satisfactory standard of health and safety method statement which clearly identifies
the key health and safety arrangements to be implemented on-site.
• The key objectives are to promote, and encourage Contractors to provide a concise,
but comprehensible method statement which focuses specifically on the key health
and safety issues associated with their operations.
• Risk Assessments and Risk Assessments (RAMS) must be developed for every
activity being undertaken on NEOM Projects.
• Contractors must provide a MS/RA register in line with their specific program of
activities.
• Prior to commencing work, the MS/RA must have an approved status.
• Where monitoring of any type identifies Contractor works which are not adequately
covered by a MS/RA, all or specific parts of those works will be immediately
suspended by the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and/or the
Employer until satisfactory action is taken by the Contractor to rectify the situation.
The cost attributed to any associated downtime will be borne by the Contractor.
• For Contractors submitting more than one method statement, general arrangements
do not have to be repeated and reference must be made to previously approved
documents.
A.1.1 Method Statement Submission and Review Process

Contractors must issue their Method Statements to the Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner for review and acceptance prior to commencing their work activities. (Note:
If the method statement does not cover the required content of the 10-point plan, it will be
reviewed as unsatisfactory). Consultants or Delivery Partners must have in place a
documented process for ensuring MS/RAs meet the 10-point plan requirement, as detailed
in this guidance. Method Statements must be provided in a time frame should allow effective
review.
As a rule, Contractors must aim to submit method statements a minimum of 14 days before
work activities are proposed to commence. For activities that involve special control
measures, high risk activities, or have the potential to impact other trades, method
statements must be submitted sooner.
Method statements and risk assessments must be approved before activities commence on
site.
Where documents are reviewed and “Approved with Comments”, minor or significant, these
should be responded to and addressed before work commences. In all cases the work team
should be briefed on the latest version of the document.
A.1.2 Communication to the Workforce

Health and safety risks and associated controls / precautions to be implemented on- site
must be communicated by the Contractor to their workforce. This should include the
requirements of permits, method statements, risk assessments, and may include specific
assessments, such as COSHH assessments and lifting plans. The Employer requires that
Internal
Internal
this communication is recorded. Prior to the commencement of an activity, the Contractor

must ensure that all operatives have been briefed and have signed an Activity Briefing
Sheet.
A.1.3 Content of Method Statement

The recommended method statement format and content is given in Table A.1.
The elements of this guidance (items 1 – 10) serve as the benchmark for the health and
safety content of the Contractors’ method statements and do not form an exhaustive list.
Table A.1: Method Statement Content
Method Statement Content
1. Scope of Work and Methodology
1.a Scope
• Provide a description of the work to be undertaken, identifying the trade
Contractor.
• Subcontractors, and the exact location of the works intended.
1.b Methodology
• Outline the duration of the task.
• Provide a clearly defined comprehensive step-by-step description of the work

intended (must be detailed and specific).
• Provide diagrams, step-by-step illustration of the work, sketches, or
photographs to illustrate the work intended.
• The outline must include
− Any authorization required to commence.

− Shift handover arrangement if applicable.
− Temporary works where applicable.
− Reference to inspection and test plans.
− Contingency arrangement if an activity cannot be completed as planned due to
reasons such as time and environmental conditions.
2. Project Organisation for Health and Safety Control

• Provide organisation details identifying the composition of site management and
• Supervisory team tasked with supervising your various site operations.
• For specialist Contractors, include a summary CV for your key personnel.
• Clearly identify the key health and safety duties of your management and
Supervisory staff for the task.
• Clearly outline the persons on-site who will be competent to provide first aid.
• Clearly outline persons within the organisation that must be contacted in the
case of an emergency situation.
3. Health and Safety Risks and Controls

• Provide a health and safety risk register identifying:
Internal
Internal
− The key work elements/activities in respect to your overall scope of works.

− The key risks to health and safety associated with those work elements /
activities.
− The key safety control measures and precautions to be implemented to control
the health and safety risks.
− Location on-site where your company ‘Health and Safety Risk Assessments’ in
relation toyour safety risk register can be viewed.
− Reference to risk assessment document numbers and titles that are
applicable/related tothe tasks detailed within the method statement.
4. Access / Egress
• Arrangements to ensure access / egress routes are not blocked as a result of
the work.
− If so, define the alternative arrangements which will be provided to maintain
emergency escape routes.
• Define the access used.
• Provide a diagram illustrating access and egress paths to the working area and
within the working area
5. Lighting
• Clearly identify arrangements for ensuring your place(s) of work are provided
with adequate illumination where required.
− Workplace ‘task lighting’ and ‘specific access route lighting’.
− ‘Intrinsically safe’ lighting requirements where applicable.
− Provide a reference to the lux level required for the task, showing consideration
for the complexity of the task.
6. Plant and Equipment

• Provide a register which clearly identifies summary details of the following:
− Plant and equipment to be used for the works (this must include lifting equipment,
heightequipment and powered tools).
− Statutory test/examination certification certificates for significant plant and
equipment should be attached.
7. Personnel Training Certification

• Provide a project specific training register which identifies:
− Operations/activities requiring specific training certification for work personnel

− Where copies of relevant training certification are held on-site for inspection
8. Hazardous Materials and Substances

• Provide a hazardous materials and substances register which identifies:
− Materials / substances to be used which are ‘hazardous to health’.

− Proposed storage location and volume of hazardous materials.
− The key risk(s) to health associated with the materials / substances.
Internal
Internal
− The key control measures and precautions to control risks. This is to include
control measures relating to emergency spill / release.
− Location on-site of your company COSHH assessment for each material /
substance identified on your hazardous materials and substances register.
NB: Hazard Data Sheets form part of the assessment and must be provided.
9. Waste Management
• Identify arrangements for controlling your waste at the workplace.
− Minimizing the volume of the waste created by the work activities.

− Segregating ‘hazardous wastes (i.e., special waste) from ‘non-hazardous wastes’
for final disposal from site
10. Special Control Measures

• Identify any work activities which will require special control measures (such as
permit to work systems, specialist training, and specialist equipment) to be
implemented to ensure the protection of employees and/or others.
Examples:
− Work on or near electrical systems

− Work within confined spaces
− Work over/adjacent to water
• Identify the authorized (or appointed) person(s) who will be in overall control of
the implementation of the special control measures.
• Identify any personnel requiring (and having) specific training/competence
certification to undertake their work operations.
Internal
Internal
A.2 Risk Assessment Guidance

This guidance has been produced to assist Contractors in providing site management staff
with a satisfactory standard of health and safety risk assessment which clearly identifies the
key steps to be followed.
A.2.1 General Guidance
Assessing health and safety risks in the workplace

A risk assessment is an important step in protecting workers, as well as complying with the
law. It helps you focus on the risks that really matter in your workplace – the ones with the
potential to cause real harm. In many instances, straightforward measures can readily
control risks, for example ensuring spillages are cleaned up promptly so people do not slip,
or electrical leads are routed in such a way to ensure people do not trip.
What is a Risk Assessment?

A risk assessment is a careful examination of what, in your work, could cause harm to
people, so that you can weigh up whether you have taken enough precautions or should do
more to prevent harm. Workers and others have a right to be protected from harm caused
by a failure to take reasonable control measures.
It is important to maintain records of risk assessments that have been undertaken for the
following reasons:
• They are useful for mitigation (i.e., audit trail of health and safety compliance) if
questioned / investigated by enforcement authorities.
• They are usually necessary to supporting/producing health and safety method

statements.
A.2.2 Procedural Guidance
Assessing the risks in your workplace

1. Step 1 Identify the hazards
2. Step 2 Decide who/what might be harmed and how
3. Step 3 Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions
4. Step 4 Record your findings and implement them
5. Step 5 Review your assessment and update if necessary
A hazard is anything that may cause harm, such as chemicals, electricity, working from
ladders, a floor opening, etc.
The Risk is the chance, high or low, that somebody could be harmed by these and other
hazards, together with an indication of how serious the harm could be.
1. Step 1 - Identify the hazards
First you need to work out how people could be harmed. When you work on a project
every day it is easy to overlook some hazards, so here are some tips to help you
identify the ones that matter:
Internal
Internal
− Walk around your workplace and look at what could reasonably be expected to
cause harm.
− Ask your employees or their representatives what they think. They may have
noticed things that are not immediately obvious to you.
− Check manufacturers’ instructions or data sheets for chemicals and equipment

as they can be very helpful in spelling out the hazards and putting them in their
true perspective.
− Look at the accident and ill-health records as these often help to identify the
less obvious hazards.
− Remember to think about long-term hazards to health (e.g., high levels of noise
or exposure to harmful substances) as well as safety hazards.
2. Step 2 – Decide who might be harmed and how
For each hazard you need to be clear about who might be harmed; it will help you
identify the best way of managing the risk. That does not mean listing everyone by
name, but rather identifying groups of people (e.g., ‘People working in the storeroom’
or ‘passers-by’).
In each case, identify how they might be harmed, i.e., what type of injury or ill health
might occur.
Remember:
− Some workers have particular requirements, e.g., new and young workers, new
or people with disabilities may be at particular risk.
− Extra thought will be needed for some hazards.
− Cleaners, visitors, maintenance workers etc., who may not be in the workplace
all the time.
− Members of the public if they could be hurt by your activities.
− If you share your workplace, you will need to think about how your work affects
others present, as well as how their work affects your staff and talk to them.
− Ask your staff if they can think of anyone you may have missed.
3. Step 3 – Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions
Having spotted the hazards, you then have to decide what to do about them. These
HSAS require you to do everything possible to protect people from harm. You can
work this out for yourself, but the easiest way is to compare what you are doing with
good practice.
So first, look at what you are already doing, think about what controls you have in
place and how the work is organized. Then compare this with the good practice and
see if there is more you should be doing to bring yourself up to standard. In asking
yourself this, consider:
− Can I get rid of the hazard altogether?
− If not, how can I control the risks so that harm is unlikely?
Internal
Internal
When controlling risks, apply the principles below, if possible, in the following order:
− Try a less risky option (e.g., switch to using a less hazardous chemical).
− Prevent access to the hazard (e.g., by guarding).
− Organize work to reduce exposure to the hazard (e.g., put barriers between
pedestrians and traffic).
− Issue personal protective equipment (e.g., clothing, footwear, goggles etc.); and
− Provide welfare facilities (e.g., first aid and washing facilities for removal of
contamination).
Improving health and safety does not need to be expensive. For instance, placing a
mirror on a dangerous blind corner to help prevent vehicle accidents is a low-cost
precaution considering the risks.
Involve staff, so that you can be sure that what you propose to do will work in practice
and will not introduce any new hazards.
4. Step 4 – Record your findings and implement them
Putting the results of your risk assessment into practice will make a difference when
looking after people and your project. Writing down the results of your risk
assessment, and sharing them with your staff, encourages you to do this.
When writing down your results, keep it simple, for example ‘Tripping over rubbish:
bins provided, staff instructed, weekly housekeeping checks,’ or ‘Fume from welding:
local exhaust ventilation used and regularly checked.’
Risk assessments must be suitable and sufficient. You need to be able to show that:
− A proper check was made.
− You asked who might be affected.
− You dealt with all the significant hazards, taking into account the people who
could be involved.
− The precautions are reasonable, and the remaining risk is low.
− You involved your staff or their representatives in the process.
If, like many projects, you find that there are quite a lot of improvements that you
could make, big and small, do not try to do everything at once. Make a plan of action
to deal with the most important things first. health and safety.
A good plan of action often includes a mixture of different things such as:
− A few easy improvements that can be done quickly, perhaps as a temporary

solution until more reliable controls are in place.
− Long-term solutions to those risks most likely to cause accidents or ill health.
− Long-term solutions to those risks with the worst potential consequences.
− Arrangements for training employees on the main risks that remain and how
they are to be controlled.
Internal
Internal
− Regular checks to make sure that the control measures stay in place.
− Clear responsibilities and who will lead on what action, and by when.
Prioritize and tackle the most important things first. As you complete each action, tick
it off your plan.
5. Step 5 – Review your risk assessment and update if necessary
Few workplaces stay the same. Eventually, you will bring in new equipment,
substances and procedures that could lead to new hazards. It makes sense,
therefore, to review what you are doing on an ongoing basis. Every year or so
formally review where you are, to make sure you are still improving, or at least not
sliding back.
Look at your risk assessment again. Have there been any changes? Are there
improvements you still need to make? Have your workers spotted a problem? Have
you learnt anything from accidents or near misses? Make sure your risk assessment
stays up to date.
When you are running a project, it is all too easy to forget about reviewing your risk
assessment – until something has gone wrong and it is too late. Why not set a review
date for this risk assessment now? Write it down and note it in your diary as an
annual event.
During the year, if there is a notable change, do not wait. Check your risk assessment
and, where necessary, amend it. If possible, it is best to think about the risk
assessment when you are planning your change – that way you leave yourself more
flexibility.
Internal
Internal
DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 APPENDIX B
Internal
Internal
B.1 Training Standards

This standard outlines the health and safety training that must be undertaken by those
leading, managing, supervising, or undertaking operations on construction sites, including
the minimum training expected for individuals to undertake their roles on NEOM projects.
The requirement for individuals to be able to demonstrate formal health and safety training is
in addition to a demonstration of competency that each Stakeholder should demonstrate.
Companies must select appropriate health and safety training that reflects the needs of their
organization, scope of works and client requirements. This may include training which is
comparable to the courses referred to within this standard.
The Employer may recognize comparable training courses. These will be subject to review
against set criteria.
Training registers must be maintained stating the topic of training or induction conducted,
attendees’ details, dates of presentations, and trainer details.
B.2 Leading Health and Safety Training Standard

The Employer requires that Executive and Senior Leadership and Management from Project
Management Consultants, Delivery Partner and Contractors, and their supply chains, can
demonstrate that they have the necessary knowledge and skills to effectively lead health
and safety strategy.
B.2.1 Definition of Leader

For the purpose of this standard, the definition of a Leader will be determined based on the
duties they undertake and not their job title.
An individual responsible for the strategic direction of a business or project and the
implementation of its corporate or project governance with responsibility to make decisions
that determines its success.
Leaders who carry out day to day management of work activities must also comply with the
Managing Health and Safety Training Standard.
B.2.2 Training Standard

• Leaders must be able to demonstrate they have sufficient knowledge of leading
health and safety.
• Leaders must be able to demonstrate that they have met the required training
standard.
B.2.3 Suitable Courses

The Employer recognizes the following courses as being suitable and meeting the required
standard:
• IOSH Leading Safely (6 hours)
• IOSH Directing Safely (one day)
• IOSH Managing Safety for Senior Executives (one day)
• NEOM Projects Health and Safety Leadership (4 hours).
Internal
Internal
Comparable internally developed training may be recognized where the Employer has
verified that the training course has content and outcomes equivalent to these courses.
Duration
The course duration must be no less than 4 hours.
Assessment
Courses must incorporate a form of assessment.
Certification
Leaders must possess a certificate that details the training provider, date awarded, course
title and confirmation stating whether or not the delegate has passed the examination.
B.2.4 Refresher Training

Leaders must attend refresher courses as defined by the training provider. This must not
exceed five yearly intervals. If a refresher course is not available, the original course or
similar must be retaken at five-year intervals.
B.3 Managing Health and Safety Training Standard
B.3.1 Introduction
The Employer requires that Managers from Project Management Consultants, Delivery
Partner and Contractors, and their supply chains, can demonstrate that they have the
necessary knowledge and skills to effectively manage health and safety.
B.3.2 Definition of Manager

An individual responsible for managing or having a direct influence on the management of
construction related work activities on NEOM Projects sites. They are typically site based or
visiting personnel with direct responsibility for planning and managing construction work
activities. Examples include Project Managers, Construction Managers, Logistics Managers,
Engineering Managers and Design Managers.

• Managers must be able to demonstrate they have sufficient knowledge of managing
health and safety.
• Managers must be able to demonstrate they have met the training standard.

The Employer recognizes the following courses as being suitable and meeting the required
standard:
• IOSH Managing Safely in Construction (3 days).
• NEOM Projects Construction Health and Safety Awareness for Managers (10
hours).
verified that the training course has content and outcomes equivalent to these courses.
Internal
Internal
Duration
The course duration must be no less than three days.
Assessment
Certification
Managers must be in possession of a certificate that details the training provider, date
awarded, course title and confirmation stating whether or not the delegate has passed the
examination.

Managers must attend refresher courses as defined by the training provider. This must not
similar must be retaken at five yearly intervals.
B.4 Supervising Health and Safety Training Standard
B.4.1 Introduction
The Employer requires that all Contractor’s Supervisors can demonstrate they have the
necessary knowledge and skills to supervise work activities, and to ensure that teams are
put to work safely.
B.4.2 Definition of Supervisor

An individual responsible for directly supervising construction related work activities across
NEOM Projects. These are front-line Supervisors with direct responsibility for putting people
to work and who will brief their workers on how to carry out their work and ensure they are
carrying out their work safely.

• Supervisor must be able to demonstrate they have sufficient knowledge of
supervising health and safety, with the communication skills and competency to put
teams wot work safely.
• Contractors must be able to demonstrate that Supervisors have met the training
standard.

The Employer recognizes the following course as being suitable and meeting the required
standard:
• IOSH Supervising Safety (two days).
verified that the training course has content and outcomes equivalent to this course.
To supplement this requirement, NEOM Projects offer on-site Activity Briefing training (4
hours) for Supervisors to enable them to put their teams to work safety. Supervisors who
successfully complete this course will be awarded with an NEOM Projects branded ‘Black
Hat’.
Internal
Internal
Duration
The course duration must be no less than two days.
Assessment
Certification
Supervisors must be in possession of a certificate that details the training provider, date
awarded, course title and confirmation stating whether or not the delegate has passed the
examination.

Supervisors must attend refresher courses as defined by the training provider. This must not
similar must be retaken at two yearly intervals.
B.5 Operative Health and Safety Training Standard
B.5.1 Introduction
The Employer requires that all construction operatives working on NEOM Projects can
demonstrate they have the necessary knowledge and skills to undertake their work.
B.5.2 Definition of Operatives

An individual with responsibility for attending site to undertake construction activities with no
management or supervisory responsibilities.

• Operatives must have a basic knowledge of health and safety.
• Contractors must be able to demonstrate that operatives they have met the training
standard.

The Employer recognizes the following course as being suitable and meeting the required
standard:
• IOSH Working Safely (one day)
verified that the training course has content and outcomes equivalent to this course.
Note: A general site-specific induction does not constitute health and safety training.

Operatives must attend refresher courses as defined by the training provider or by the
Employer, this must not exceed two yearly intervals.
B.5.6 Project Safety Induction Training

• Contractors are required to develop projects specific induction presentations.
Internal
Internal
• Contractors’ inductions presentation must be issued to the Project Management

Consultant or Delivery Partner for review and comment.
• All personnel (including subcontractors, and any personnel from manpower or labor
only supply) are required to attend Project Specific Induction Training.
• Site personnel must attend the course prior to commencing work on-site.
• Personnel found to be on-site without a relevant induction will be removed from site
until such time as they have been inducted.
B.5.7 Skills Training

• Contractors must maintain relevant ‘operative training certificates’ (see table below)
on-site file.
• Copies of these ‘operative training certificates’ must be available on-site for

audit/inspection by the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner as
required.
• Personnel found not to be in compliance with skills training requirements will be

suspended from performing the relevant operation/task until such time that their
Employer can produce the necessary training certificate.
• Where training is provided internally the trainer must carry appropriate certification
from a 3rd party, or other arrangements must be in place to ensure competence
e.g., harness training.
Table B1: Required training certificates for plant and equipment operators/users
Plant and equipment

operators/users Required training certificates
Appointed persons Accredited 3rd party / Recognized trainingestablishment
Tower crane operators Accredited 3rd party
Mobile crane operators Accredited 3rd party
Excavator operators Accredited 3rd party / Recognized trainingestablishment
Piling rig operators Accredited 3rd party / Recognized trainingAccredited 3rd

party/Recognized training
Hoist (passenger or goods) Accredited 3rd party / Recognized training establishment

operators
Mobile elevated work platforms IPAF (or equivalent) training course of a minimum 2 days
operators
Concrete pump operators Accredited 3rd party / Recognized training establishment
Dumper operators Accredited 3rd party / Recognized training establishment
Forklift operators Accredited 3rd party / Recognized training establishment
Telescopic handler operators Accredited 3rd party / Recognized training establishment

or equipment supplier
Cradle (powered or manual) Certificate of Competence issued by approved third party

operators and/or cradle supplier
Internal
Internal
Plant and equipment

operators/users Required training certificates
Cartridge tool operators Recognized training establishment and tool supplier
Wood-working machine Equipment supplier

operators
Aluminium scaffold users Accredited 3rd party/Employer/Equipment

Manufacturer/PASMA (or equivalent)
Crane coordinator (appointed Accredited 3rd party / Recognized training establishment

person)
Crane lifting Supervisor Accredited 3rd party/Recognized training establishment
Slingers/Signaller Accredited 3rd party
Abrasive wheel operators Accredited 3rd party/Equipment supplier
Scaffolders Accredited 3rd party training certificate
Demolition operatives Contractor training certificate
B.6 Equivalent Accredited Training Standards

Where the Contractor believes that its personnel hold an equivalent form of training
certificate issued by a training organization other than those identified above, the Contractor
must bring this to the attention of the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner
who will give a decision on the matter.
Internal
Internal
DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 APPENDIX C
Internal
Internal
C.1 Incident Reporting Protocol
DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 APPENDIX C
Internal
Internal
PLAN
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN – PROJECT NAME
NEO M-NPR-ST D- 00 1 _T M P0 1 Rev 01.00, May 2023
Internal
Internal
Document History
Revision code Description of changes Purpose of issue Date
Rev 01.00 First Issue Issued for Implementation 16.05.23
Document Approval
Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by
Name James Ackerman Rob Whent Robert Cooling
Job Title Manager – Health and Director – Projects HSEQ - Executive Director – Projects
Safety Enterprise HSEQ - Enterprise
Document Preface
Key Stakeholders: Public Safety / LPFS, Health & Wellbeing, Design & Construction, Projects (All
Regions).
Added Value: This document provides the minimum health and safety requirements to be
implemented across NEOM Projects.
Impact: Ensures a systematic, comprehensive, and consistent approach to the management
of health and safety risks, to prevent occupational injuries and ill health.
The Health and Safety Plan is signed off as suitable for current/imminent
construction activities by the Contractor Project Manager and Health and
Safety Manager. The initial plan must have the Project Management
Consultant or Delivery Partner written approval as being suitable for
construction activities to commence.
Persons preparing, completing, reviewing, and amending the HSP must be

competent to do so and must have the prerequisite knowledge, skills,
awareness, and training.
Note: Complete your document then delete this textbox.
D OC U M EN T C OD E: N EOM - N PR - ST D - 001_T M P01 R EVISION C OD E: 01.00 PA GE 2 OF 18

Internal
Internal
Contents
1 PURPOSE............................................................................................................. 6
2 SCOPE ................................................................................................................. 6
2.1 Excluded from Scope............................................................................................. 6
3 DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................ 6
3.1 Terms.................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Abbreviations......................................................................................................... 7
4 REFERENCES ...................................................................................................... 7
4.1 NEOM Documents................................................................................................. 7
4.2 Other Documents .................................................................................................. 7
5 PROJECT DETAILS ............................................................................................. 8
5.1 Project Description and Location ............................................................................ 8
5.2 Scope of Works ..................................................................................................... 9
5.3 Project Timescales ................................................................................................ 9
5.4 Organizational Details............................................................................................ 9
5.5 Health and Safety Plan .......................................................................................... 9
6 PROJECT HEALTH AND SAFETY GOALS .......................................................... 9
6.1 Project Goals......................................................................................................... 9
6.2 Project Objectives.................................................................................................. 9
6.3 Reward and Recognition Scheme .......................................................................... 9
7 PROJECT ORGANIZATION................................................................................ 10
7.1 Organization Structure ......................................................................................... 10
7.2 Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................... 10
7.3 Safety and Health Coordination Roles .................................................................. 10
8 PROJECT PLANNING ........................................................................................ 11
8.1 Preconstruction Surveys ...................................................................................... 11
8.2 Accommodating Adjacent Land Use..................................................................... 11
8.3 Protection of the Public ........................................................................................ 11
8.4 Method Statements and Risk Assessments .......................................................... 11
8.5 Designers Risk Information .................................................................................. 12
8.6 Health and Safety File.......................................................................................... 12
8.7 Permit to Work Procedures .................................................................................. 12
9 SITE CONTROL AND SUPERVISION................................................................. 13
9.1 Start of Shift Briefings / Point of Work Risk Assessments...................................... 13
9.2 Site Rules............................................................................................................ 13
10 ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING .............................................................. 13

Internal
Internal
10.1 Monitoring ........................................................................................................... 13

10.2 Observation Scheme ........................................................................................... 13
11 PERFORMANCE MEASURING AND REPORTING............................................. 13
12 COMMUNICATION AND CONSULTATION......................................................... 14
12.1 Communication of Health and Safety Information ................................................. 14
12.2 Meetings ............................................................................................................. 14
12.3 Workforce Consultation........................................................................................ 14
12.4 Exchange of Design Element Information among the Client, Designers, and
Contractors.......................................................................................................... 14
12.5 Exchange of Health and Safety Information with other Stakeholders ..................... 14
13 TRAINING AND AWARENESS ........................................................................... 14
13.1 Competency Management ................................................................................... 14
13.2 Site Induction....................................................................................................... 14
14 INCIDENT AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.................................................. 15
14.1 Reporting and Investigation of Incidents ............................................................... 15
14.2 Emergency Management ..................................................................................... 15
14.3 Medical Emergency including First Aid ................................................................. 15
15 HEALTH AND SAFETY RISK MANAGEMENT ................................................... 15
15.1 Significant Health and Safety Hazards ................................................................. 15
15.2 Occupational Health and Fitness to Work ............................................................. 16
15.3 Other Occupational Health Risks.......................................................................... 16
15.4 Any Other Significant Safety Risks ....................................................................... 16
16 WELFARE ARRANGEMENTS ............................................................................ 17
16.1 Welfare Facilities ................................................................................................. 17
16.2 Washing Facilities................................................................................................ 17
16.3 Drinking Water..................................................................................................... 17
16.4 Storing and Changing Clothes.............................................................................. 17
16.5 Rest Facilities ...................................................................................................... 17
16.6 Toilets ................................................................................................................. 17
16.7 Smoking .............................................................................................................. 17
17 FORMS AND TEMPLATES................................................................................. 18
18 APPENDICES ..................................................................................................... 18
Appendix A Appendix Title
Appendix B Appendix Title
Appendix C Appendix Title
Appendix D Appendix Title

Internal
Internal
List of Tables
Table 1: Table caption ........................................................................................................ 8
Table 2: NEOM Forms and Templates .............................................................................. 18
List of Figures
Figure 1: Map showing project location ............................................................................... 8

Internal
Internal
1 Purpose
This document describes how to xxxxxx.
<Provide a brief description (1−2 sentences) of the purpose or intent of the document.
Note: This template is for Health and Safety Plans (HSP) for use on NEOM Projects.
Complete your document then delete the grey instruction text.
The HSP is a ‘live’ document. The Contractor must keep the HSP up-to-date and review it at
frequencies no greater than once every quarter or whenever changes take place.
The Contractor’s Project Manager must ensure that the HSP is reviewed in consultation with
all interested parties and changes to the HSP communicated to all parties affected by the
changes.
The Contractor’s Project Manager must record any changes made. Where there are no
changes, they must record ‘No Changes’.>
2 Scope
This document applies to xxxxx at NEOM.
<Describe the sector(s), department(s), or project(s) to which this document applies.
The level of detail in the HSP must be proportionate to the scope of the project and the risks
arising from the construction activity. Information must be project -specific. >
2.1 Excluded from Scope

Insert text here.
<Delete this section (including the heading) if it does not apply. >
3 Definitions
For a comprehensive list of definitions for the terms and abbreviations used at NEOM, see
the List of Definitions and Abbreviations (NEOM-NEN-SCH-006).
<Do not include terms included in the List of Def initions and Abbreviations (NEOM-NEN-
SCH-006).>
3.1 Terms
Term Definition
Term 1 Definition 1
Term 2 Definition 2
Term 3 Definition 3

Internal
Internal
3.2 Abbreviations
Abbreviation 1 Definition 1
4 References
<List the documents referenced in your document, in numerical order (NEOM documents
and other documents). Do not include documents that are not referenced.
List any forms and templates related to this document separately in Table 2.>
4.1 NEOM Documents

NEOM-NEN-xxx-xxx Document Title
NEOM-NEN-xxx-xxx Document Title
4.2 Other Documents

Document no. Document Title
Document no. Document Title

Internal
Internal
5 Project Details
5.1 Project Description and Location
Insert text here.
<Include an outline of the project scope. Insert a map showing the location of the project. >
<Note: Type your text and apply the pre-set NEOM styles from the Styles pane.
To insert a preformatted table and caption, select Insert > Quick Parts, then select a table.
To insert a figure caption, select Insert > Quick Parts > Figure Caption.
If the Quick Parts options do not display in your document, copy and paste the below styles
for tables and figures:>
Some example styles:
NEOM Body intro:

• NEOM List bul 1
• NEOM List bul 1
− NEOM List bul 2
− NEOM List bul 2
▪ NEOM List bul 3
▪ NEOM List bul 3
1. NEOM List num 1
2. NEOM List num 1
a. NEOM List num 2
b. NEOM List num 2
i. NEOM List num 3
ii. NEOM List num 3
Table 1: Table caption
Column heading 1 Column heading 2
Table text Table text*
Table text Table text
Table text Table text
* Table notes
<Insert figure here>

Figure 1: Map showing project location

Internal
Internal
5.2 Scope of Works

Insert text here.
<Include specific detail of the Contractor’s scope of works. >
5.3 Project Timescales

Insert text here.
<Include program details and any key dates. There should be a focus on the mobilization
phase and ensuring arrangements (including welfare provisions) are sufficient during the
commencement of the works.>
5.4 Organizational Details

Insert text here.
<Insert contact details (such as address, main contacts, contact numbers, and email
addresses) for the Employer, Design Consultant, Project Management Consultant or
Delivery Partner, and Contractors.>
5.5 Health and Safety Plan

Insert text here.
<Include details of how the plan will be reviewed, maintained, and updated, including who is
responsible for this.>
6 Project Health and Safety Goals

6.1 Project Goals
Insert text here.
<Describe and define the project-specific health and safety goals.
A commitment to legal compliance and compliance with NEOM HSAS must be included.>
6.2 Project Objectives

Insert text here.
<Objectives must take into consideration the NEOM vision and must be measurable,
wherever practicable. The arrangements for monitoring and reviewing the health and safety
performance provided in the HSP must be provided.>
6.3 Reward and Recognition Scheme

Insert text here.
<Each organization is required to have a reward and recognition scheme. Details of the
scheme should be included here.>

Internal
Internal
7 Project Organization
7.1 Organization Structure
Insert text here.
<Insert Organization Chart
This must include:
• Details of any Contractors.
• Names and roles of all persons within their management and supervisory
organization.
• The Health and Safety Manager who will be attending the site to undertake site safety
inspections, audits and to provide health and safety advice. >
7.2 Roles and Responsibilities

Insert text here.
<Include specific personal responsibilities:
• Key duties of each manager and Supervisor and Health and Safety Manager.
• Any Manager or Supervisor with specific responsibility for safety duties carry a
statutory requirement for an ‘authorized’ or ‘appointed’ person (e.g.- ‘permit to work
authorization’, ‘lifting Supervisor’, ‘live electrical working’, ‘temporary works
engineering / design’).
• The specific operations and numbers of employees for which each Supervisor will be
responsible.>
7.3 Safety and Health Coordination Roles

Insert text here.
<Key project health and safety coordination roles allocated to members of the project
management team.
Each role has a duty to coordinate the health and safety information and requirements with
their specific role.
Key roles may include the following:
• Temporary Works Coordinator
• Temporary Works Inspector
• Permit to Work coordinator
• Traffic Management coordinator
• Appointed Person (Lifting)
• Crane Supervisor
• Excavation coordinator

Internal
Internal
• Electrical duty holder.>
8 Project Planning
8.1 Preconstruction Surveys
Insert text here.
<Detail what arrangements will be in place for early site survey works to ensure risk is not
introduced where welfare and normal arrangements e.g., inductions etc . are not in place.
Include any pre-construction information obtained from and/or issued by the Employer,
Design Consultant, Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner, such as:
• Existing environment.
• Surrounding land uses and adjacent construction works.
• Site structures.
• Ground conditions.
• Ground investigation results.
• Existing services.
• Services within the site.
• Existing traffic systems.>
8.2 Accommodating Adjacent Land Use

Insert text here.
<Adjacent land use such as busy roads must be properly risk assessed and control
measures implemented to avoid the construction activity adversely affecting the adjacent
land users.
Stability of structures whilst carrying out construction work, including temporary structures
and existing unstable structures.
No construction activity must commence where there are unstable structures until a
structural engineer has provided formal written advice. This includes demolition or
dismantling works.>
8.3 Protection of the Public

Insert text here.
<Any activities on the site boundary or where access is provided through the site, members
of the public or third parties must be suitably protected. Arrangements should be included
here.>
8.4 Method Statements and Risk Assessments

Insert text here.

Internal
Internal
<Contractors should provide specific arrangements for producing, approving, and managing
method statements and risk assessments.
Specific guidance on method statements and risk assessments is provided in Appendix C of

the HSAS.
Details of how any method statements and risk assessments content will be communicated
to operatives must be included, considering any potential language challenges. >
8.5 Designers Risk Information

Insert text here.
<Where Contractors have design responsibility they must produce a Risk Register, and
Design Risk Assessment identifying the how any significant risks to health and safety during
the construction phase, use, maintenance, and demolition phases will be eliminated and or
mitigated.
Requires up dating throughout all design stages.
8.6 Health and Safety File

Insert text here.
<The Contractor will be required to develop and issue a health and safety file to the
Employer at the end of the project, or at agreed stage completions.
Contents of the health and safety file must include the following, where relevant:
• A brief description of the work carried out.
• Residual remaining hazards and how they have been dealt with.
• Key structural principles and safe working loads for floors and roofs.
• Hazardous materials that were used.
• Information regarding the removal of dismantling of installed plant and equipment.

• Health and safety information about equipment provided for cleaning or maintaining
the structure.
• Nature, location, and markings of significant services including underground cables,

gas supply. equipment, and fire-fighting services.
• Information and as-built drawings of the structure, its plant and equipment.>
8.7 Permit to Work Procedures

Insert text here.
<Various activities may require permits to be issued are issued. The Contractors HSP must
identify permit requirements.
A variety of specific permits may apply:

• Permit to dig / Excavation permit.
• Hot works.

Internal
Internal
• Confined spaces.
• Electrical and Mechanical Isolation (Lock Out / Tag Out).
• Permit to Load / Strike. (Temporary Works).
• Blasting.
• Non-Destructive Testing – Radiography.
• Diving.>
9 Site Control and Supervision

9.1 Start of Shift Briefings / Point of Work Risk Assessments
Insert text here.
<Contractors must provide details on the arrangements for setting their site teams to work
and supervision arrangements. This must consider the requirements for daily activity
briefings.>
9.2 Site Rules

Insert text here.
<Refer to key health and safety rules.
Rules must be appropriate and properly communicated.
Include minimum Personal Protective Equipment requirements.>
10 Arrangements for Monitoring

10.1 Monitoring
Insert text here.
<Arrangements for health and safety monitoring should be included here. This should
include monitoring type e.g., inspection, tour, survey, audit, frequencies, and details
pertaining to the management of the overall health and safety monitoring program. A
separate schedule of monitoring activities should be produced and must consider all work
areas including offices.
Details for managing findings and actions must be included.>
10.2 Observation Scheme

Insert text here.
<Include details of the Contractors health and safety Observation Scheme. This should be
agreed by the Project Management Consultant or Delivery Partner and Employer. >
11 Performance Measuring and Reporting
Insert text here.

Internal
Internal
<Include details of how performance will be measured and what reports will be produced
including timescales and process for compilation.>
12 Communication and Consultation

12.1 Communication of Health and Safety Information
Insert text here.
<Include detail on how key health and safety information, including documents and
cascaded health and safety information is distributed through the organization, e.g.,
briefings, training, induction, toolbox talks, notice boards, Eltizam behaviors, etc.>
12.2 Meetings
Insert text here.
<Details of health and safety meetings including frequency and attendees. >
12.3 Workforce Consultation

Insert text here.
<Identify how the workforce are consulted on matters relating to health and safety. >
12.4 Exchange of Design Element Information among the Client, Designers,

and Contractors
Insert text here.
<Describe the process.>
12.5 Exchange of Health and Safety Information with other Stakeholders

Insert text here.
<Describe the process for transferring information.>
13 Training and Awareness

13.1 Competency Management
Insert text here.
<Describe how competence will be managed. Each Contractor should produce a training
matrix, training record and plan. Details should include how competency will be checked,
how operatives will be upskilled, how toolbox talks will be completed etc. >
13.2 Site Induction

Insert text here.
<Describe how personnel will be inducted, who will do the induction, when they will do it,
what is included in the program. Induction to be approved by the Employer.
Arrangements for visitor access to be included here.>

Internal
Internal
14 Incident and Emergency Management

14.1 Reporting and Investigation of Incidents
Insert text here.
<Ensure a clear statement of how incidents are reported and to be investigated. Inc ident
definitions should be aligned to these HSAS and inclusive of high potential events. >
14.2 Emergency Management

Insert text here.
<Identify foreseeable emergency situations that may arise, such as fires, explosions, failure
of critical equipment, loss of utility supply, flooding, environmental emergency, release of
hazardous materials/gases, severe weather, traffic or security incidents, and civil
disturbance. Where arrangements are significant these should be referenced and included
in a separate emergency plan.
Detail the arrangements for interface with emergency services, including phone numbers
and directions to the nearest hospital.
Detail the arrangements for emergency related appointments such as First Aider, Fire
Marshal, Muster Officer, Incident Controller etc. Detail provisions for emergency response
e.g., first aid kits, rooms, extinguishers, emergency vehicles etc. >
14.3 Medical Emergency including First Aid

Insert text here.
<Detail specific arrangements with regards to a medical emergency and the as sociated
provisions. Each Contractor must have a trained first aiders/nurses/medics whilst works are
being undertaken onsite. Arrangements can be made where low numbers are concerned a
shared first aider may be appropriate e.g., weekend, out of hours’ work . Describe the
specific arrangements.>
15 Health and Safety Risk Management

Insert text here.
<Contractors must complete a Pre-Commencement Project Safety Risk Assessment and

populate this section of the plan with their anticipated significant risks and outli ne of the
controls that will be employed. This could be references to other procedures or documents.
This section is not exhaustive, and Contractors are expected to add or remove in order to
make the detail specific.>
15.1 Significant Health and Safety Hazards

Insert text here.
<Arrangements that apply to significant hazards linked to the Eltizam program as included in
the HSAS:
• Mobile Plant and Equipment
• Driving

Internal
Internal
• Work on or Near Live Roads
• Breaking Ground and Excavations
• Work at Height
• Lifting
• Confined Spaces
• Fire
• Hot Works
• Energized Systems
• Temporary Works
• Drilling and Blasting
• Working on or Near Water
• Working in the Heat.>
15.2 Occupational Health and Fitness to Work

Insert text here.
<Detail arrangements for medically examining all new employees on the Project (pre-
employment medical) before starting work. Exit medicals from previous employment will not
be accepted as a pre-employment/entry medical. Detail other arrangements:
• Complete all medical examinations according to the baseline, or specific hazards and
Risk Assessment.
• Ensure a job description and exposure profile is available for every employee or
category of employee.
• Complete and maintain an employee dossier. This can be used to provide employee
exposure profiles and should be given to the medical practitioner to consider specific
information during the medical.
• Ensure that all drivers and operators, as part of their medical examination be tested
and checked for medical conditions that could affect safe operation of the vehicle or
equipment.>
15.3 Other Occupational Health Risks

Insert text here.
<Arrangements for controlling occupational health risks should be included here.
Examples include noise, dust, and hand-arm vibration.>
15.4 Any Other Significant Safety Risks

Insert text here.
<Include any other significant safety risks.>

Internal
Internal
16 Welfare Arrangements
16.1 Welfare Facilities
Insert text here.
<Identify the location, numbers, layout, consider what happens as works progress. >
16.2 Washing Facilities

Insert text here.
<Washing facilities will be provided with basins large enough to allow people to wash their
faces, hands, and forearms. All basins will have a clean supply of hot and cold water, soap,
and towels and/or hand dryers will be provided. The washing facility will be ventilated and
well-lit and will be sufficient for the number of operatives onsite. Shower to be provided
where particularly dirty work is undertaken.
Describe the specific arrangements that will be in place.>
16.3 Drinking Water

Insert text here.
<Describe the specific arrangements that will be in place.>
16.4 Storing and Changing Clothes

Insert text here.
<Describe how clothing not worn onsite will be stored and what changing facilities will be
provided. Describe how protective clothing needed for site work will also be stored within
this facility.
Describe the arrangements for drying wet clothing.>
16.5 Rest Facilities

Insert text here.
<Identify where a facility for taking breaks and meal breaks will be provided. Tables and
chairs with full back support will be provided.
Describe the facilities for preparing and heating food.
Describe the arrangements for cleaning and maintaining these facilities. Describe the
specific arrangements that will be in place.>
16.6 Toilets
Insert text here.
<Describe what toilets will be provided and the locations.
Describe the arrangements for cleaning and maintaining these facilities.>
16.7 Smoking
Insert text here.

Internal
Internal
<Smoking is not permitted in any part of the premises including offices, corridors, toilets,
and car parks. In addition, smokers are requested not to smoke immediately outside any
work entrance. Smoking will only be allowed in the designated areas. Describe the specific
arrangements.>
17 Forms and Templates

<Provide the document numbers for any forms or templates related to this document. Do not
insert them as appendices. Delete this section or write “none” if it doesn’t apply. >
Table 2: NEOM Forms and Templates
Document number Document title
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRMxx Document Title
18 Appendices
<Type the appendix titles on the heading pages (not in the below list). To update the below
list of appendices, select the text and press F9.>


Internal
Internal
D OC U M EN T C OD E: N EOM - N PR - ST D - 001_T M P01 R EVISION C OD E: 01.00 A PPEN D IX A

Internal
Internal
A.1 Appendix Heading
A.1.1 Heading
D OC U M EN T C OD E: N EOM - N PR - ST D - 001_T M P01 R EVISION C OD E: 01.00 A PPEN D IX A

Internal
Internal
D OC U M EN T C OD E: N EOM - N PR - ST D - 001_T M P01 R EVISION C OD E: 01.00 A PPEN D IX B

Internal
Internal
D OC U M EN T C OD E: N EOM - N PR - ST D - 001_T M P01 R EVISION C OD E: 01.00 A PPEN D IX C

Internal
Internal

<To add more appendices, place the cursor at the end of the document and choose
Insert > Quick Parts > Appendix.
For more instructions on how to add an appendix, see the Guide to Using the Document
Template (NEOM-NEN-GGD-002).>
D OC U M EN T C OD E: N EOM - N PR - ST D - 001_T M P01 R EVISION C OD E: 01.00 A PPEN D IX D

Internal
Internal
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM01
ACTIVITY BRIEFING FORM
Project Name:
Location:
Activity: Responsible
Eng./Site Mngr
Supervisor Name:
Date:
Risk Assessment:
Time:
PART 1: During the activity briefing, explain the activity and ask everyone the following:
1. Do we feel good and fit for work? ☐ Yes ☐ No
2. Which of the following significant hazards apply?

Mobile Plant and Driving Working on or near Breaking Ground Working at Height Lifting Confined Spaces
Equipment Live Roads and Excavations
Fire Hot Works Energized Systems Temporary Works Drilling and Working on or near Working in Heat
Blasting Water
3. What are the behaviors for the associated significant hazards?
PART 2: Are there any other hazards involved? If yes, list the hazards and controls below:
Hazards Control Measures
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM01 | Rev. 01.00 1

Internal
Internal
PART 3: Work Readiness
1. Do we have the right tools and equipment to perform the job safely? ☐ Yes ☐ No
2. Have you briefed the team on emergency and welfare arrangements? ☐ Yes ☐ No
PART 4: Sign-off Sheet
No. Full Name of Employee Employee No. Signature
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Supervisor: Reviewer:
(Name & (Name &
Signature) Signature)
Date: Date:
IF SOMETHING CHANGES OR IS NOT CORRECT, STOP WORK AND LET YOUR SUPERVISOR KNOW!

Internal
Internal
NEOM-NPR-STD-001_FRM02
24 hr INITIAL INCIDENT REPORT
Document reference no. Conf idential: ☐ Yes ☐ No
Name of Date of
Click to enter a date.
Investigator: Incident:
Was a first Time of

alert issued? Incident:
Project Date first alert

Click to enter a date.
Number: was issued:
Project Name: Time first alert

was issued:
Complete all fields Insert your comments here
1. Companies involved and relationship to NEOM
2. Timeline of events leading up to accident/incident
3. Injuries sustained
4. Emergency services involved

Internal
Internal
Complete all fields Insert your comments here
5. Members of the public involved
6. Contacted by media?
7. Enforcing authorities involved
8. Damage/loss of services to client/third party
9. Incident summary (what, where, when, who)
10. Initial conclusions/findings
11. Overview of ongoing investigations (plan going

forward)
12. Program preventative measures – actions for all

projects

Internal
Internal
Photographs
Filled by: Submitted to:

(NEOM)
(PMC)

Internal

11 4800000585 Neo LTR 000079 - 01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

11 4800000585 Neo LTR 000079 - 01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DocuSign Envelope ID: E603DE67-090E-460A-A86C-1AC17752001E

To: Fanar First Building Limited Company Your Ref: n/a

Tel: +966 (0) 55 420 7646

___________ __________ __________ __________ __________ _________

NEOM-NPR-STD-001 Rev 01.00, May 2023

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

Rev 01.00 First Issue Issued for Implementation 16.05.23

Name James Ackerman & Rob Rob Whent Robert Cooling

Job Title Manager / Senior Director Executive Director

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 2 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 3 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

9.2 Site Set-up and Mobilization .................................................................................... 34

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 4 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

14.1 Emergency Planning................................................................................................ 52

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 5 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

21 WORKING AT HEIGHT ............................................................................................84

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 6 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

22.4.2 Intermediate Lifts ................................................................................................... 103

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 7 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

25.1 Critical Controls ..................................................................................................... 130

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 8 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

28.3 Planning ................................................................................................................. 153

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 9 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 10 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

38.2 Task-Specific PPE ................................................................................................. 187

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 11 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 12 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 13 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

2.1 Excluded from Scope

3 Implementation and Monitoring

DOCUMENT CODE: NEOM-NPR-STD-001 REVISION CODE: 01.00 PAGE 14 OF 192

©NEOM [2023]. All rights reserved.

Project The Project is the work to be / being carried out by Contractor,

AED Automated External Defibrillator

COSHH Control of Substances Hazardous to Health

CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation

DVS Digitally Verifiable Signature

ERP Emergency Response Plan

HiPo High Potential Event

Hi-Vis High Visibility

HSAS Health and Safety Assurance Standards

HSP Health and Safety Plan

IMCA International Marine Contractors Association

IPAF International Powered Access Federation

LOTO Lock Out Tag Out

LPFS Loss Prevention and Fire Safety (NEOM Public Safety)

LTI Lost Time Injury

MEWP Mobile Elevating Work Platform

MMC Modern Methods of Construction

MOI Ministry of Interior

MS/RA Method Statement / Risk Assessment

___ _